[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024229711A1 - Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024229711A1
WO2024229711A1 PCT/CN2023/093087 CN2023093087W WO2024229711A1 WO 2024229711 A1 WO2024229711 A1 WO 2024229711A1 CN 2023093087 W CN2023093087 W CN 2023093087W WO 2024229711 A1 WO2024229711 A1 WO 2024229711A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
transceiver
message
network device
information
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/093087
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李艳华
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd filed Critical Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2023/093087 priority Critical patent/WO2024229711A1/en
Priority to CN202380009317.9A priority patent/CN116868628A/en
Publication of WO2024229711A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024229711A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technology but is not limited to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to an information processing method and apparatus, a communication device and a storage medium.
  • a terminal may also be referred to as (UE, User Equipment).
  • a UE may include a transceiver for data transmission.
  • a UE may include one or more transceivers. Different transceivers have different transceiver capabilities, and/or different transceivers have different power consumption when operating.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method and apparatus, a communication device, and a storage medium.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • a second aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:
  • a first message is sent to a first terminal, wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • a third aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a second access network device and includes:
  • Receive paging signaling wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • a fourth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device, and includes:
  • auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;
  • the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • a fifth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • a first receiving module is configured to receive a first message sent by a first access network device
  • a determination module is configured to determine, based on the first message, whether the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver; wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • a sixth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the first sending module is configured to send a first message to a first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • a seventh aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • An eighth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • a second sending module is configured to send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;
  • Power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • a ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, comprising a processor, a transceiver, a memory, and an executable program stored in the memory and capable of being run by the processor, wherein the processor executes the method for requesting a system message block as provided in the first or second aspect above when running the executable program.
  • a tenth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer storage medium, which stores an executable program; after the executable program is executed by a processor, the method for requesting a system message block provided in the first aspect or the second aspect can be implemented.
  • the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver with lower power consumption or the second transceiver with stronger capability through the first message, so that the first access network device will know the transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required in the future, the first terminal will communicate with the first terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, thereby ensuring the success rate and/or communication quality of the communication.
  • the first access network device may avoid or reduce the phenomenon of failure of complex communications with the first terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal. It may also avoid or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.
  • FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2E is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2F is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2G is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG2H is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3E is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG3F is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG4A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG5A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG5B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG5C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG5D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6B is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6C is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG6D is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in the disclosed embodiments, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
  • first message may also be referred to as the second message, and similarly, the second message may also be referred to as the first message.
  • word "if” as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of” or "when” or "in response to determining”.
  • the wireless communication system is a communication system based on cellular mobile communication technology, and the wireless communication system may include: a plurality of terminals 11, a plurality of access network devices 12 and at least one core network device 13.
  • the terminal 11 can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user.
  • the terminal 11 can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN).
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal 11 can be an Internet of Things terminal, such as a sensor device, a mobile phone (or a "cellular" phone), and a computer with an Internet of Things terminal.
  • it can be a fixed, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted device.
  • a station STA
  • a subscriber unit a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, a remote terminal, an access terminal, a user terminal, a user agent, a user device, or a terminal (UE).
  • UE terminal
  • the terminal 11 can also be a device of an unmanned aerial vehicle.
  • the terminal 11 may be a vehicle-mounted device, such as a driving computer with wireless communication function, or a wireless communication device external to the driving computer.
  • the terminal 11 may be a roadside device, such as a street lamp, signal lamp or other roadside device with wireless communication function.
  • the access network device 12 may be a network side device in a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system may be a fourth generation mobile communication technology (4G) system, also known as a long term evolution (LTE) system; or, the wireless communication system may be a 5G system, also known as a new radio (NR) system or a 5G NR system.
  • 4G fourth generation mobile communication technology
  • 5G also known as a new radio (NR) system or a 5G NR system.
  • NR new radio
  • the wireless communication system may be a next generation system of the 5G system.
  • the access network in the 5G system may be called NG-RAN (New Generation-Radio Access Network).
  • an MTC system may be called NG-RAN (New Generation-Radio Access Network).
  • the access network device 12 can be an evolved access network device (eNB) adopted in a 4G system.
  • the access network device 12 can also be an access network device (gNB) adopting a centralized distributed architecture in a 5G system.
  • the access network device 12 adopts a centralized distributed architecture it usually includes a centralized unit (CU) and at least two distributed units (DU).
  • the centralized unit is provided with a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link layer control protocol (RLC) layer, and a media access control (MAC) layer protocol stack;
  • the distributed unit is provided with a physical (PHY) layer protocol stack.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link layer control protocol
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • a wireless connection can be established between the access network device 12 and the terminal 11 through a wireless air interface.
  • the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on the fourth generation mobile communication network technology (4G) standard; or, the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on the fifth generation mobile communication network technology (5G) standard, for example, the wireless air interface is a new air interface; or, the wireless air interface can also be a wireless air interface based on the next generation mobile communication network technology standard of 5G.
  • the core network device 13 may be connected to the access network device 12.
  • Typical core network devices may include, but are not limited to, access management function (UDM), session management function (SMF), user data management (UDM) and policy control function (PCF).
  • UDM access management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UDM user data management
  • PCF policy control function
  • the terminal can be configured with multiple transceivers. Among them, different transceivers may have different transmission capabilities and usually have different power consumption. For example, if the terminal has not transmitted data for a period of time, the transceiver with strong transmission capability can be turned off or put into sleep mode, and a transceiver with low power consumption but weaker transceiver capability can be used. However, the network device does not know what kind of transceiver the terminal uses, for example, it does not know whether the terminal is currently using a transceiver with strong transmission capability or a transceiver with poor transmission capability, which may cause communication abnormalities between the network device and the terminal.
  • the data sent by the network device to the terminal requires the terminal to use a transceiver with strong transmission capability for processing, but the terminal currently uses a transceiver with weak transmission capability, then the terminal may not be able to receive the data sent by the network device at this time, or it may not be able to process the data sent by the network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • S1110 Receive a first message sent by a first access network device
  • S1120 Determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver; wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the first message may explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, or the first message is used by the terminal to determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, it may respond to the first access network device according to the agreement and send a response message to the first access network device, or the first terminal ignores the first message.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.
  • the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.
  • the first terminal may receive the first message using the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first transceiver includes a receiving and/or transmitting function.
  • the second transceiver includes a receiving and/or transmitting function.
  • the first transceiver may have a receiving function
  • the second transceiver may have a transmitting function and a receiving function.
  • the first transceiver includes a transceiver function.
  • the first transceiver may also be referred to as a first receiver.
  • the first transceiver may be a LP-WUS receiver.
  • the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.
  • the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception.
  • the second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.
  • the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal.
  • the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate a transmission, which includes an uplink transmission and/or a downlink transmission.
  • the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information.
  • the high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.
  • the first transceiver and the second transceiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may have a transmitting and/or receiving function.
  • the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver (low power wake-up receiver), for example: an LP-WUS transceiver.
  • the second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver (main radio) including a modem (modem).
  • the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.
  • the second transceiver of the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the second transceiver of the first terminal is in a dormant state, thereby realizing power consumption saving of the first terminal.
  • the first transceiver of the first terminal may be in a dormant state or an activated state.
  • the first transceiver itself is a transceiver with extremely low power consumption, and the power consumption consumed in the activated state is relatively small.
  • the first transceiver may be put into a dormant state through a dormant or shutdown operation, and the dormant state of the first transceiver may be maintained in order for the subsequent first terminal to enter the state where only the first transceiver is in the activated state more quickly.
  • the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.
  • the power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.
  • the power saving signal includes but is not limited to: a wake-up signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving), or PEI (Paging Early Indication).
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • DCP DCI for power saving
  • PEI Paging Early Indication
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver is called the first power saving signal
  • the power saving signal received by the second transceiver is called the second power saving signal.
  • the first power saving signal may be WUS, also known as LP-WUS.
  • the second power saving signal may be PEI.
  • the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a first transceiver or a second transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a second transceiver.
  • the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the second transceiver.
  • the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the second transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the second transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the first transceiver.
  • the first message may include a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the physical layer message at least includes downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the high-level message may include but is not limited to MAC (Medium Access Control) CE (Control Element) and/or RRC message.
  • the first terminal may determine whether to wake up the second transceiver based on whether the first transceiver receives a power saving signal. For example, if the first transceiver of the first terminal receives a power saving signal, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver in a sleep state. If the first transceiver of the first terminal does not receive a power saving signal, the second transceiver remains in a sleep state.
  • the first terminal may determine whether to wake up the second transceiver based on whether the first transceiver receives a power saving signal with a first value. For example, if the first transceiver of the first terminal receives a power saving signal with a second value, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver in a sleep state. If the first transceiver of the first terminal does not receive the power saving signal, the second transceiver remains in a sleep state.
  • the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use a first transceiver with lower power consumption or a second transceiver with stronger capabilities through a first message, so that the first access network device will know the transceiver used by the first terminal. Therefore, when data interaction with the first terminal is required in the future, the first terminal communicates with the first terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of the communication.
  • the first access network device can avoid or reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the first terminal when the first terminal uses the first transceiver and the first access network device thinks that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal. It can also avoid or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.
  • the information processing method further includes at least one of the following:
  • determining that the first terminal uses the second transceiver exemplarily using the second transceiver to monitor a paging advance indication or a paging message or initiate a transmission;
  • the first transceiver When the power saving signal is not monitored by using the first transceiver, the first transceiver continues to be used, and illustratively, the first transceiver is used to monitor the power saving signal.
  • the state of whether the power saving signal is monitored is used by the first terminal to determine whether to wake up the second transceiver.
  • the information processing method further includes at least one of the following:
  • the second transceiver When the first transceiver is used to monitor a power saving signal having a first value, the second transceiver is used;
  • the first transceiver continues to be used.
  • the first transceiver can monitor the power saving signal on the configuration resource of the power saving signal, and the specific value of the power saving signal is used by the first terminal to determine whether to wake up the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal receives the first message, and the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, The first terminal then puts the second transceiver into a sleep state.
  • the first terminal In the case of determining to use the first transceiver, the first terminal will use the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal. If the first terminal monitors the power saving signal or monitors the power saving signal of the first value, it means that there is a high probability that the network device side will page the terminal or communicate with the terminal. Since the second transceiver consumes more power to receive the power saving signal, the first transceiver is used to monitor the power saving signal first, and the second transceiver is awakened after the first transceiver monitors the power saving signal. Otherwise, the second transceiver is not in a sleep state. This strategy is more conducive to saving power consumption.
  • the first terminal may use the first transceiver or the second transceiver when in a discontinuous reception (DRX) state.
  • the first terminal is in a DRX state when the terminal wakes up and sleeps according to the DRX cycle corresponding to the DRX configuration according to the DRX configuration or the extended DRX configuration.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in a connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), after the first terminal receives a power saving signal using the first transceiver, the first power saving signal wakes up the second transceiver.
  • the awakened second transceiver can monitor PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel).
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the first terminal receives a power saving signal using the second transceiver, and after receiving the power saving signal, the second transceiver monitors PDCCH.
  • the first terminal will skip monitoring the PDCCH.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, after the first terminal uses the first transceiver to receive a power saving signal or a power saving signal with a first value, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver, and the awakened second transceiver monitors the paging message, or the awakened second transceiver receives a paging early indication (Paging Early Indicator, PEI) indicating the monitoring of the paging message, or initiates random access, or performs small data transmission (Small Data Transmission, SDT) based on random access.
  • PEI paging Early Indicator
  • SDT Small Data Transmission
  • the first terminal when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, after receiving the power saving signal using the second transceiver, the first terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the paging message.
  • the first terminal If the first terminal does not receive the power saving signal, the first terminal skips monitoring the paging message.
  • the non-connected state includes: an idle state (RRC_IDLE) and/or an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).
  • the first message includes: a flag, wherein the flag indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the flag bit may be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses one of the first transceivers.
  • the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.
  • the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. The device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver
  • the terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.
  • both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.
  • the first message includes grouping information, and the grouping information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the grouping information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver. Using the grouping information to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver does not require additional structured information for indication, and has the characteristic of being simple to implement.
  • the terminal information includes the UEID (UE identification) of the terminal and/or UE type information, etc.
  • determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:
  • the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;
  • the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the method has the characteristic of high flexibility.
  • the first message may be any downlink message.
  • the first message includes an RRC configuration message.
  • the RRC configuration information may be used for the first terminal in a connected state.
  • the RRC configuration message may include: DRX configuration.
  • the DRX configuration may be used for the first terminal to perform the DRX mechanism in the connected state.
  • the DRX configuration may include configuration information of a timer.
  • the configuration information of the timer may include: configuration information of a wake-up timer, and/or configuration information of an inactive state timer, etc.
  • the first message includes an RRC release message.
  • the RRC release message may indicate that the first terminal enters a non-connected state from a connected state.
  • the first message is an RRC configuration message or an RRC release message, it is equivalent to not constructing a special message to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexing other types of RRC messages, which is highly compatible with related technologies and easy to implement.
  • the first terminal knows whether it uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver in the non-connected state when it enters the non-connected state from the connected state. Therefore, the first terminal determines whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the non-connected state according to the first message.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • S1210 Determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the unconnected state.
  • the non-connected state includes: an idle state (RRC_IDLE) and/or an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).
  • the first message includes: a flag bit (Flag); wherein the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver; illustratively, the flag bit can be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • Flag flag bit
  • the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.
  • the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver
  • the terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.
  • both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.
  • the terminal information includes the UEID of the terminal.
  • determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:
  • the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;
  • the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.
  • the first message includes group information, and the group information points to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first message may be any downlink message.
  • the first message when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, includes an RRC release message.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.
  • the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.
  • the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.
  • the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception.
  • the second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.
  • the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal.
  • the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate uplink data transmission.
  • the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information.
  • the high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.
  • the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver, such as an LP-WUS transceiver.
  • the second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver including a modem.
  • the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.
  • the second transceiver of the first terminal when it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the second transceiver of the first terminal is in a dormant state, thereby realizing power consumption saving of the first terminal.
  • the first transceiver of the first terminal may be in a dormant state or an activated state.
  • the first transceiver itself is a transceiver with extremely low power consumption, and the power consumption consumed in the activated state is relatively small.
  • the first transceiver may be put into a dormant state through a dormant or shutdown operation, and the dormant state of the first transceiver may be maintained in order for the subsequent first terminal to enter the state where only the first transceiver is in the activated state more quickly.
  • the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.
  • the power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.
  • Power saving signals include but are not limited to: Wakeup signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving) or PEI (Paging Early Indication).
  • Control Information represents downlink control information.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • the first message when the first message does not include a flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first message when the first message includes a flag bit with a preset value, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver; and/or, when the first message includes a flag bit with a non-preset value, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, or it is determined that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver.
  • the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • the group information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the grouping information points to a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.
  • the grouping information carried by the first message points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, or when the grouping information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. In this case, the grouping information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • S1510 Send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the second message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first access network device does not receive the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device may also determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver according to the content of the second message.
  • the second message includes a preset field
  • the preset field indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the second message includes an ACK (Acknowledgment) indication or a negative-acknowledgment NCK (negative-acknowledgment) indication. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an ACK indication, then the second message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an NCK indication, then the second message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • ACK Acknowledgment
  • NCK negative-acknowledgment
  • the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.
  • the first terminal after receiving the first message, the first terminal sends a second message to the first access network device.
  • the first message is an RRC release message. If the second message is an ACK indication of RLC (Radio Link Control) AM (Acknowledged Mode) mode sent by the first terminal after receiving the RRC release message of the first access network device, the second message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the second message is an NCK indication sent by the first terminal after receiving the RRC release message of the first access network device, the second message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • AM Acknowledged Mode
  • the first terminal may not need to receive the first message, and the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver by itself.
  • the first terminal sends the second message to the first access network device, which can ensure that the first access network device knows which transceiver the first terminal uses, thereby improving the reliability of information transmission between the first terminal and the first access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • S1610 Receive a first message sent by a first access network device based on auxiliary information; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal may passively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message. Alternatively, the first terminal may also actively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal may actively determine to turn on the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to protocol regulations or communication needs.
  • the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver;
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.
  • the service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.
  • the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the first access network device needs to communicate with the second terminal.
  • the higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication the higher the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message, otherwise the first terminal may be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.
  • the group information includes a group ID.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal After the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information comes from the core network device. Sending the first message based on the auxiliary information can improve the consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.
  • the auxiliary information may also come from the terminal.
  • the first terminal notifies the first access network device of its own auxiliary information.
  • Sending the first message according to the auxiliary information may enable the first message to instruct the first terminal to use a suitable transceiver under the current transmission condition, thereby reducing unnecessary switching of the transceiver used by the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • the transmission may include but is not limited to uplink transmission and/or downlink transmission;
  • the power saving signal has the first value, it indicates that the second transceiver needs to be awakened. If the power saving signal has the second value, it indicates that the second transceiver does not need to be awakened.
  • the first value may be 1, and the second value may be 0.
  • Waking up the second transceiver includes: for the first terminal in a connected state, waking up the second transceiver includes the first terminal using the second transceiver to monitor the PDCCH. Or, for the first terminal in a non-connected state, waking up the second transceiver includes the first terminal using the second transceiver to monitor the paging advance indication or paging message or initiate uplink data transmission.
  • step S1120 For explanations about the first transceiver, the first terminal, the first power saving signal and the second transceiver, reference may be made to the description of step S1120 and will not be repeated herein.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:
  • S1810 Receive a first message sent by a first access network device; wherein the first message instructs the first terminal to use a first transceiver or a second transceiver;
  • S1820 Determine, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver;
  • S1830 Send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.
  • the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.
  • Step S1820 is an optional step.
  • the first terminal the first power saving signal and the second transceiver
  • the relevant description in step S1120 For the description of the second message, reference may be made to the relevant description in step S1510, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2110 Send a first message to the first terminal; wherein the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the first message may explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a first transceiver or a second transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a second transceiver.
  • the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the second transceiver.
  • the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the second transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the second transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the first transceiver.
  • the first message may include a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.
  • the physical layer message at least includes downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the high-level message may include but is not limited to MAC (Medium Access Control) CE (Control Element) and/or RRC message.
  • the first message includes: a flag bit (Flag); wherein the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • Flag flag bit
  • the flag bit may be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses one of the first transceivers.
  • the first message includes the flag bit, and the first message carries the flag bit, then the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, then the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.
  • the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver
  • the terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.
  • both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.
  • the terminal information includes the UEID of the terminal.
  • determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:
  • the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;
  • the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first message includes group information, and the group information points to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first message may be any downlink message.
  • the first message includes an RRC configuration message.
  • the RRC configuration information may be used for the first terminal in a connected state.
  • the RRC configuration message may include: DRX configuration.
  • the DRX configuration may be used for the first terminal to perform the DRX mechanism in the connected state.
  • the DRX configuration may include configuration information of a timer.
  • the configuration information of the timer may include: configuration information of a wake-up timer, and/or configuration information of an inactive state timer, etc.
  • the first message includes an RRC release message.
  • the RRC release message may indicate that the first terminal enters a non-connected state from a connected state.
  • the first message is an RRC configuration message or an RRC release message, it is equivalent to not constructing a special message for instructing the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexing other types of RRC messages, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is simple to implement. Further, if the first message is an RRC release message, when the first terminal enters the non-connected state from the connected state, the first terminal knows whether it uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver in the non-connected state.
  • the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.
  • the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception.
  • the second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal.
  • the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.
  • the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal.
  • the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate uplink data transmission.
  • the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).
  • RACH Random Access Channel
  • the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information.
  • the high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.
  • the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver, such as an LP-WUS transceiver.
  • the second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver including a modem.
  • the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.
  • the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver.
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.
  • the power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.
  • the power saving signal includes but is not limited to: a wake-up signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving), or PEI (Paging Early Indication).
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • DCP DCI for power saving
  • PEI Paging Early Indication
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the power saving signal received by the first transceiver is called the first power saving signal
  • the power saving signal received by the second transceiver is called the second power saving signal.
  • the first power saving signal may be WUS, also known as LP-WUS.
  • the second power saving signal may be PEI.
  • the first access network device is an access network device that is communicatively connected to the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2210 Receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the second message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first access network device does not receive the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network may determine that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to an agreement.
  • the first access network device may also determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver according to the content of the second message.
  • the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the second message does not include a preset field, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver. The preset field indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the second message includes an ACK (Acknowledgment) indication or a NCK (negative-acknowledgment) indication. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an ACK indication, then according to the second message, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an NCK indication, then the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to the second message.
  • ACK Acknowledgment
  • NCK negative-acknowledgment
  • the first access network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device can communicate with the first terminal according to the local record to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.
  • the first access network device receives the second message, which can ensure that the first access network device knows which transceiver the first terminal uses, thereby improving the reliability of information transmission between the first terminal and the first access network device.
  • the first access network device thinks that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal, thereby reducing the communication failure phenomenon of complex communications with the terminal, and/or reducing the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2310 Receive auxiliary information sent by a core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the information processing method after receiving the auxiliary information sent by the core network device, the information processing method further includes:
  • a first message is sent to the first terminal; the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first access network device may use the first message to instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver; or,
  • the first access network device may use the first message to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver machine.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.
  • the service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.
  • the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the probability of the first access network device needing to communicate with the first terminal.
  • the higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication the higher the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message, otherwise the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.
  • the group information includes a group ID.
  • the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal may passively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message. Alternatively, the first terminal may also actively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal may actively determine to turn on the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to protocol regulations or communication needs.
  • the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal After the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information comes from the core network device. Sending the first message based on the auxiliary information can improve the consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.
  • the auxiliary information may also come from the terminal.
  • the first terminal notifies the first access network device of its own auxiliary information.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2410 Send a third message to the core network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device after receiving the second message, sends a third message to the core network device.
  • the first access network device may send a third message to the core network device according to the agreement.
  • the network device sends a third message instructing the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the core network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Thus, when the first terminal needs to be called later, the core network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the local record.
  • the first access network device can send a third message to let the core network device know the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, and then page the terminal in an adapted manner according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, or instruct the access network device to communicate with the first terminal in an adapted manner, thereby improving the paging success rate and/or communication quality.
  • the third message includes: a context release completion message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal, and/or an RRC inactive state transition report (RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT).
  • a context release completion message Context Release Complete message
  • RRC inactive state transition report RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT
  • the Context Release Complete message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal indicates that the first terminal enters a non-connected state.
  • the RRC inactive state transition report is used for: the first access network device to inform the core network device that the terminal is currently in an inactive state or is entering an inactive state.
  • the first access network device does not need to construct a special message to inform the core network device that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexes the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is easy to implement.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • First cell information indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state
  • the second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first cell information includes a first cell list.
  • the first cell information includes cell identifiers, dwell durations, etc. of one or more first cells.
  • the cell identifier includes a cell ID (Identification).
  • the dwell duration may be a single dwell duration or an average dwell duration of multiple dwells.
  • the cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the first terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the non-connected state. This makes it easier for the core network device to give priority to paging the cell pointed to by the first cell information when paging the first terminal, which is conducive to improving paging efficiency.
  • the core network device knows whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the core network device may determine that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to the agreement.
  • the cell last used by the terminal is defined as: the cell in which the terminal recently received an RRC release message that does not carry a "noLastCellUpdate" flag.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2510 Receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first access network device is located in the tracking area TA (Tracking Area) where the paged second terminal last resided; for the paged second terminal in inactive state, the first network device is located in the radio notification area (Radio Notification Area, RNA) where the paged second terminal last resided.
  • TA Track Area
  • RNA Radio Notification Area
  • Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.
  • Paging signaling is paging triggered by the core network device. For example, if the second terminal in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) has downlink data arriving, the core network device will send the paging signaling to the first access network device, and the first access network device will notify the second terminal.
  • RRC_IDLE the second terminal in the idle state
  • access network devices can also trigger paging. For example, if a second terminal in an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) has downlink data arriving, the first access network device will notify the second terminal through a paging message.
  • RRC_INACTIVE inactive state
  • the first access network device is an access network device that establishes a communication connection with the first terminal. If the first access network device receives paging signaling from other terminals except the first terminal, the first access network device will determine the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information, thereby reducing the difficulty of the first access network in determining the paging mechanism when paging the paged terminal. For example: the first access network device determines the paging range according to the second cell information, and the first access network device indicates which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the second cell information may be used by the first access network device to determine a paging range for paging the second terminal.
  • the second cell information indicates one or more first cells that were last used by the second terminal before entering the unconnected state.
  • the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the second terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the unconnected state. This makes it easier to paging the second terminal by giving priority to the cell pointed to by the first cell information, which is beneficial to improving paging efficiency.
  • the third indication information indicates that the second terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device can be informed of whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and then when the first access network device exchanges data with the second terminal, it communicates with the second terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the second terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of communication, so as to reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the second terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the second terminal is using the second transceiver when the second terminal uses the first transceiver, and/or reduce the power consumption caused by the second terminal continuing to use the second transceiver when it is unnecessary, thereby saving the power consumption of the second terminal and extending the standby time of the second terminal.
  • the second cell information includes a cell ID.
  • the third indication information includes grouping information and/or a flag bit of the second terminal, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver, and the grouping information indicates the terminal group of the first transceiver used by the second terminal.
  • the information processing method is executed by the first access network device, and further includes: if the cell corresponding to the first access network device includes the second cell, determining to page the second terminal in the second cell.
  • the second terminal is paged preferentially in the second cell, thereby improving paging efficiency and success rate.
  • the first access network device uses a power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell to page the second terminal; if the first access network device fails to page the second terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver, the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO is used to page the second terminal.
  • the power saving signal associated with the first transceiver includes LP-WUS.
  • the first access network device when the first access network device knows that the second terminal uses the first transceiver, it will preferentially use LP-WUS to page the second terminal in the second cell. If the second terminal wake-up based on LP-WUS fails, it indicates that the second terminal currently uses the second transceiver. Therefore, after the paging of the second terminal using LP-WUS fails, the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO is used to page the second terminal, which can improve the success rate of the first access network device in paging in the second cell.
  • the information processing method is executed by the first access network device, and further includes: if paging the second terminal in the second cell fails, paging the second terminal in a third cell.
  • the third cell is any cell other than the second cell.
  • the third cell may be a cell included in the first access network device, or a cell of other access network devices other than the first access network device.
  • the third cell may be a cell that the second terminal has not used before entering the non-connected state.
  • the second terminal is paged in a third cell.
  • the first access network device if the first access network device fails to page the second terminal using a power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell, and fails to page the second terminal using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO, it pages the second terminal in a third cell using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO.
  • the information processing method is performed by the first access network device, including:
  • the paging signaling it is determined whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message.
  • the amount of information in the paging message is greater than that in the power saving signal. Sending the power saving signal before sending the paging message allows the second terminal to monitor the power saving signal with a smaller amount of information, which is beneficial to reducing the power consumption of the paged terminal.
  • the power saving signal can be used to indicate that a paging message is about to arrive. If the second terminal monitors the power saving signal, it can be prepared to receive the paging message in a timely manner, which is conducive to ensuring paging efficiency.
  • determining whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message according to the paging signaling includes:
  • the power saving signal may be sent before sending the paging message
  • a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring is sent, and a paging message is sent after sending the PEI; or, after sending the power saving signal, a paging message is sent.
  • the information processing method further includes: when the third indication information indicates that the paged second terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring, and sending a paging message after sending the PEI; or, when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging message after sending the PEI. interest.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:
  • S2610 Receive auxiliary information sent by the core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;
  • S2620 Send a first message to the first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver;
  • S2630 Receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver;
  • S2640 Send a third message to the core network device; the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver;
  • S2650 Receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first terminal includes a second transceiver, such as a modem or a main radio.
  • the power saving signal (referring to PEI) is usually configured before the PO. If the terminal does not detect the power saving signal, it is necessary to skip the paging DCI (Paging DCI), otherwise it is necessary to monitor the paging DCI.
  • the PDCCH skipping mechanism is introduced, that is, the PDCCH skipping will be carried in the DCI to notify the user to skip a period of monitoring or switch the search space group.
  • the first terminal includes a first transceiver and a second transceiver.
  • the first transceiver can be used to receive the power saving signal, and the second transceiver of the first terminal can be awakened only after the first transceiver is awakened, otherwise the second transceiver will always be in a sleep state. That is, the first terminal can monitor the power saving signal by using the wake-up signal (WUS) to trigger the second transceiver, and by using the first transceiver to monitor the wake-up signal with ultra-low power consumption.
  • WUS wake-up signal
  • the disclosed embodiment can make the first access network device aware of the use of the transceiver by the first terminal through step S2620, and can make the core network device aware of the use of the transceiver by the first terminal through step S2640, and then the network device (including the first access network device and/or the core network device) can know that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal after leaving the connected state.
  • the network device can easily know which paging mechanism to use to page the first terminal when paging, reducing the difficulty of decision-making of the network device.
  • the paging mechanism can be understood as: a paging mechanism based on the first transceiver, or a paging mechanism based on the second transceiver.
  • step S2610 to step S2650 can refer to the implementation method described in the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a second access network device and includes:
  • S3110 Receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more cells used by the paging terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates Whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the second access network device is located in the last tracking area TA (Tracking Area) where the paged terminal resided; for a paged terminal in an inactive state, the second network device is located in the last radio notification area (Radio Notification Area, RNA) where the paged terminal resided.
  • TA Track Area
  • RNA Radio Notification Area
  • the second access network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information, thereby reducing the difficulty of the second access network in determining the paging mechanism when paging the paged terminal. For example, according to the second cell information of the paging signaling, the second access network device can determine the range of the paged terminal to be paged first, thereby improving the paging success rate. According to the third indication information of the paging signaling, the second access network device can indicate which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data.
  • Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.
  • Paging signaling is paging triggered by a core network device.
  • the core network device sends a paging signaling to an access network device, and the first access network device notifies the second terminal.
  • the core network device may send paging signaling to all access network devices in the tracking area TA of the paged terminal.
  • access network devices can also trigger paging. For example, if a second terminal in an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) has downlink data arriving, the access network device will notify the second terminal through a paging message.
  • RRC_INACTIVE inactive state
  • the access network device includes a first access network and/or a second access network.
  • the second access network device is an access network device that has not established a communication connection with the first terminal.
  • the first access network device may be the last serving base station of the first terminal, and the second access network device may be a candidate base station for the next serving base station of the first terminal.
  • the second access network device determines the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information. For example, the second access network device determines the paging range according to the second cell information, and the second access network device indicates which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data according to the third indication information.
  • the paged terminal indicated by the paging signaling may be the first terminal in the above embodiment or the second terminal.
  • the second cell information includes a cell ID.
  • the cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • the third indication information includes at least the following of the terminal information, grouping information and flag bit of the paged terminal.
  • the flag bit indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.
  • the grouping information indicates the terminal group using the first transceiver by the paged terminal.
  • the core network device may determine the second cell information and/or the third indication information of the paged terminal based on the received message sent by the first access network device.
  • the message sent by the first access network device includes a third message.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • First cell information indicating one or more first cells last used by the paged terminal before entering the unconnected state
  • the second indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the second access network device before receiving the paging signaling, determines the paging terminal to use according to the auxiliary information.
  • the first transceiver or the second transceiver before receiving the paging signaling, determines the paging terminal to use according to the auxiliary information.
  • the second access network device Before receiving the paging signaling, the second access network device may receive the auxiliary information sent by the core network device, and may also receive the auxiliary information sent by the paging terminal.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • the first message instructs the paged terminal to use the second transceiver;
  • the first message instructs the paged terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the first message instructs the paged terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.
  • the first message indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.
  • the service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.
  • the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the paged terminal being paged in the current period, or the communication probability between the second access network device and the paged terminal.
  • the higher the probability of being paged and the communication probability the higher the probability that the second access network device instructs the terminal to use the second transceiver, otherwise the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the paged terminal has signed a service with a short delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the paged terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the paged terminal. Therefore, the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.
  • the group information includes a group ID.
  • the terminal information includes UEID and/or UE type information of the terminal.
  • the paging signaling instructs the paged terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group where the paged terminal is located, the paging signaling instructs the paged terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the information processing method is executed by the second access network device, and further includes: if the cell corresponding to the second access network device includes the second cell, determining to page the paged terminal in the second cell.
  • the paged terminal is paged preferentially in the second cell, and there is no need to send a paging message to other cells other than the second cell, which is beneficial to reducing the signaling overhead of the second access network device and improving the paging efficiency.
  • the second access network device uses the power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell to page the paged terminal; ... If the second access network device fails to page the paged terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver, the second access network device uses the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO to page the paged terminal.
  • the power saving signal associated with the first transceiver includes LP-WUS.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device knows that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, it will preferentially use LP-WUS to page the paged terminal in the second cell. If the paged terminal wake-up based on LP-WUS fails, it indicates that the paged terminal is currently using the second transceiver. Therefore, after the paged terminal fails to be paged using LP-WUS, the paged terminal is paged using the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO, which can improve the success rate of the second access network device in the second cell.
  • the paged terminal is paged using the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO, which can improve the success rate of the second access network device in the second cell.
  • the information processing method is executed by the second access network device, and further includes: if paging the paged terminal in the second cell fails, paging the paged terminal in a third cell.
  • the third cell is any cell other than the second cell.
  • the third cell may be a cell included in the second access network device, or a cell of other access network devices other than the second access network device.
  • the third cell may be a cell that has not been used by the paging terminal before the paging terminal enters the non-connected state.
  • the paged terminal is paged in a third cell.
  • the second access network device if it fails to page the paged terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell, and fails to page the paged terminal using the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO, it uses the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO in the third cell to page the paged terminal.
  • the information processing method is performed by the second access network device, including:
  • the paging signaling it is determined whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message.
  • the information volume of the paging message is greater than that of the power saving signal. Sending the power saving signal before sending the paging message allows the paged terminal to monitor the power saving signal with a smaller information volume, which is beneficial to reducing the power consumption of the paged terminal.
  • the power saving signal can be used to indicate that a paging message is about to arrive. If the paging terminal monitors the power saving signal, it can be prepared to receive the paging message in time, which is conducive to ensuring paging efficiency.
  • determining whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message according to the paging signaling includes:
  • the power saving signal may be sent before sending the paging message
  • a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring is sent, and a paging message is sent after sending the PEI; or, after sending the power saving signal, a paging message is sent.
  • the information processing method further includes: when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring, and sending a paging message after sending the PEI; or, when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending the paging message after sending the PEI.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:
  • S4110 Send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first access network device to A terminal uses a first transceiver;
  • the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device after the first access network device receives the auxiliary information, the first access network device sends a first message to the first terminal based on the auxiliary information; the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first terminal After the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first access network device may instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver based on the paging probability
  • the first access network device may instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver based on the paging probability.
  • the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capability based on the paging probability, so as to obtain stronger information processing capability and respond to the paging message more quickly.
  • the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal based on the paging probability, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.
  • the service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.
  • the service attribute can be used by the first access network device to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the probability of the first access network device needing to communicate with the first terminal.
  • the higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication the higher the probability that the first access network device instructs the terminal to use the second transceiver based on the auxiliary information, otherwise the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner.
  • the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver based on the auxiliary information. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.
  • the terminals are grouped according to the device type and/or the contracted service of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal has different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies in different groups, so the grouping information can be used by the first access network device to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the grouping information.
  • the group information includes a group ID.
  • the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver through a first message. If the grouping information does not point to the terminal group where the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.
  • the core network device sends auxiliary information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send a first message based on the auxiliary information.
  • the consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state can be improved, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:
  • S4210 Receive a third message sent by the first access network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the core network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Thus, when the first terminal needs to be called later, the core network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the local record.
  • the core network device can make the core network device aware of the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, and then page the terminal in an adapted manner according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, or instruct the access network device to communicate with the first terminal in an adapted manner, thereby improving the paging success rate and/or communication quality.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • the Context Release Complete message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal indicates that the first terminal enters a non-connected state.
  • the RRC inactive state transition report is used for: the first access network device to inform the core network device that the terminal is currently in an inactive state or is entering an inactive state.
  • the first access network device does not need to construct a special message to inform the core network device that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexes the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is easy to implement.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • First cell information indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state
  • the second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first cell information includes a first cell list.
  • the first cell information includes cell identifiers, dwell durations, etc. of one or more first cells.
  • the cell identifier includes a cell ID (Identification).
  • the dwell duration may be a single dwell duration or an average dwell duration of multiple dwells.
  • the cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the first terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the non-connected state. This makes it easier for the core network device to give priority to paging the cell pointed to by the first cell information when paging the first terminal, which is conducive to improving paging efficiency.
  • the core network device knows whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the core network device may It is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:
  • S4310 Send paging signaling; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged terminal enters the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • step S4310 includes: the core network device sends a paging signaling to the first access network device and/or the second access network device.
  • Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.
  • Paging signaling is paging triggered by the core network device. For example, if the second terminal in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) has downlink data arriving, the core network device will send the paging signaling to the first access network device, and the first access network device will notify the second terminal.
  • RRC_IDLE the second terminal in the idle state
  • the second cell information may be used by access network devices such as the first access network device and/or the second access network device to determine a paging range for paging the paged terminal.
  • the second cell information indicates one or more first cells that were last used by the paged terminal before the terminal entered the unconnected state.
  • the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the paged terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the unconnected state, so that when paging the first terminal, the cell pointed to by the first cell information is prioritized, which is beneficial to improving paging efficiency.
  • the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the first access network device can be informed of whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and then when the first access network device exchanges data with the paged terminal, it communicates with the paged terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the paged terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of communication, so as to reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the paged terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver when the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, and/or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the paged terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the paged terminal and extending the standby time of the paged terminal.
  • the second cell information includes a cell ID.
  • the cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • the third indication information includes grouping information and/or a flag bit of the paged terminal, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, and the grouping information indicates the terminal group of the paged terminal using the first transceiver.
  • the present disclosure provides an information processing method, the method comprising:
  • Step S4410 the base station instructs the non-connected user to use a separate transceiver (eg, LP-WUS receiver) to work;
  • a separate transceiver eg, LP-WUS receiver
  • the indication information may be a display indication method:
  • a flag indicates whether the terminal adopts this working mode; if it is not carried, it means that the LP-WUS receiver is not used in the legacy working mechanism;
  • the indication information may be an implicit indication, for example: the base station assigns the terminal to monitor the relevant configuration of LP-WUS, which means that the base station instructs the non-connected user to work with a separate transceiver:
  • the indication information is a group ID, which is a group assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS or a terminal specific identifier (UE ID) assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS.
  • group ID is a group assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS or a terminal specific identifier (UE ID) assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS.
  • UE ID terminal specific identifier
  • the indication message is an RRC release message
  • the terminal receives an instruction to use a separate transceiver (LP-WUS receiver) operating mode, the main transceiver is put into a deep sleep state;
  • LP-WUS receiver separate transceiver
  • the terminal If the terminal receives an instruction to use a separate transceiver (LP-WUS receiver), the main wireless transceiver enters a deep sleep state; at this time, the access layer configuration is still saved, and the running timer (timer) is still running. At this time, the terminal does not need to perform access layer operations such as paging and system message monitoring.
  • LP-WUS receiver LP-WUS receiver
  • timer running timer
  • the main transceiver is the main wireless transceiver (main radio) mentioned above.
  • Step S4420 Based on step S4410, the base station determines whether to instruct the non-connected user to use a separate transceiver based on the core network auxiliary information:
  • the core network indication information includes the paging probability/service attributes (service arrival period, arrival time, etc.) reported by the terminal;
  • the core network indication information includes the subgroup ID provided by the CN-based grouping method allocated to the terminal;
  • the terminal may not be instructed to enter the LP-WUS listening state.
  • the core network may be the core network device described in the above embodiment.
  • the user may be the terminal (user equipment, UE) described in the above embodiment.
  • Step S4430 Based on step S4410, the base station needs to receive a display confirmation from a user in a non-connected state before it considers that the terminal is using an indication message of a separate transceiver:
  • the indication message is used to inform the network that the terminal will use a separate transceiver in a listening state and turn off the main transceiver or put the main transceiver into sleep mode; the main transceiver here may be the aforementioned second transceiver.
  • the confirmation message may be an ACK indication of the RLC AM mode sent by the terminal after receiving the RRC release message;
  • Step S4440 Based on step S4410, the base station notifies the core network of an indication message that the terminal is using a separate transceiver:
  • the notification message is a UE release message to the core network; it may carry a list of recently used cells, including the last-used cell of the terminal and/or the indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver (i.e., b and c in step S4410). At this time, the core network will save the information for reference when paging the user next time.
  • the indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver includes display indication information or implicit indication information.
  • the display indication information is a display indication of whether the terminal is using a separate transceiver; the information will be stored in the core network for reference in the next paging user.
  • the implicit indication information is an implicit indication of whether the terminal assigned by the base station to the terminal is using a separate transceiver; For example, the base station allocates relevant configurations for the terminal to monitor LP-WUS, such as a group allocated by the base station to monitor LP-WUS or a specific terminal identifier (UEID) allocated by the base station for monitoring LP-WUS. This information will be stored in the core network for reference when paging the user next time.
  • UEID terminal identifier
  • gNBs supporting LP-WUS monitoring provide the access and mobility management function AMF with information on the last used cell of users (UEs) with LP-WUS capability in the NG-AP (NG Protocol Interface) terminal context release completion message.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the notification message is carried in the RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT message sent to the core network; it may carry a list of recently used cells + an indication that the terminal is using a separate transceiver.
  • Step S4450 Based on step S4420, the core network notifies the base station of the indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver:
  • the notification message will be carried in the paging message (CN paging);
  • step S4420 e It may also carry the display indication information or implicit indication information described in step S4420 e) that was previously stored and obtained from the base station.
  • the base station will decide whether to send a paging message when the current base station initiates a paging message to the user based on the core network information;
  • the base station identifies from the CN paging message of the core network whether the paging user is using a separate transceiver. If so, the base station determines the scope of the paging to be initiated according to the following strategy:
  • the base station will preferentially initiate LP-WUS signal paging to the user in the last-used cell of the terminal (at this time, a group for monitoring LP-WUS obtained from the core network or a specific terminal identifier for monitoring LP-WUS assigned by the base station may be used for LP-WUS paging); if paging fails, PEI paging or PO paging is initiated according to the terminal capability (at this time, it is considered that the terminal is monitoring with the main transceiver); (The use of LP-WUS is limited only when the terminal does not reselect a cell);
  • the terminal If the terminal is using a separate transceiver, and the base station fails to page the user in the last-used cell of the terminal after the above steps, it needs to initiate PEI paging or PO paging in other cells other than the last-used cell of the terminal (not the last-used cell) (at this time, it is considered that the terminal is monitoring with the main transceiver);
  • last-used cell is defined as: in this cell, the terminal (UE) recently received an RRC release message that does not carry a "noLastCellUpdate" mark.
  • its last-used cell is defined as: the cell in which the terminal (UE) most recently received an RRC release message.
  • the terminal needs to save the last used cell.
  • the protocol stipulates that the monitoring of LP-WUS is limited to the use of the cell last used by the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the first receiving module 110 is configured to receive a first message sent by a first access network device
  • the determination module 120 is configured to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the first message; The power consumption of a terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the information processing device may include a first terminal.
  • the first receiving module 110 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.
  • the first receiving module 110 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.
  • the first receiving module 110 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.
  • the determination module 120 is configured to: determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the unconnected state.
  • the first message includes:
  • a flag bit wherein the flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the determination module 120 is configured to:
  • the first message includes the flag bit, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;
  • the first message includes:
  • the grouping information indicates a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the determination module 120 is configured to:
  • the group information carried by the first message points to the terminal group where the first terminal is located, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;
  • the first message includes: an RRC release message.
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the third sending module is configured to: send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first receiving module 110 is configured to
  • the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the information processing device further includes: a monitoring module configured to:
  • the power saving signal has a first value, using a second transceiver to monitor a paging advance indication or a paging message or to initiate a transmission;
  • the first transceiver continues to be used to monitor the power saving signal.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the first sending module 210 is configured to send a first message to the first terminal, wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the information processing apparatus may include a first access network device.
  • the first sending module 210 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.
  • the first sending module 210 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.
  • the first sending module 210 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.
  • the first message includes at least one of the following:
  • a flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver
  • the grouping information indicates a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the first message includes: an RRC release message.
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the third receiving module is configured to: receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the fourth receiving module is configured to: receive auxiliary information sent by the core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the fourth sending module is configured to: send a third message to the core network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • First cell information indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state
  • the second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the fifth receiving module is configured to: receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the second receiving module 310 is configured to receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the information processing apparatus may include a second access network device.
  • the second receiving module 310 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.
  • the second receiving module 310 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.
  • the second receiving module 310 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:
  • the second sending module 410 is configured to send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;
  • the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.
  • the information processing apparatus may include a core network device.
  • the second sending module 410 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.
  • the second sending module 410 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.
  • the second sending module 410 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.
  • the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the sixth receiving module is configured to: receive a third message sent by the first access network device; wherein the third message indicates that the first terminal The first transceiver or the second transceiver is used at the end.
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • the third message includes at least one of the following:
  • First cell information indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state
  • the second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.
  • the information processing device further includes:
  • the paging module is configured to: send paging signaling; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged terminal enters the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.
  • the present disclosure provides a communication device, including:
  • a memory for storing processor-executable instructions
  • the processor is configured to execute the policy processing method provided by any of the aforementioned technical solutions.
  • the processor may include various types of storage media, which are non-transitory computer storage media that can continue to retain information stored thereon after the communication device loses power.
  • the communication device includes: a terminal or a network element, and the network element can be any one of the first network element to the fourth network element mentioned above.
  • the processor may be connected to the memory via a bus or the like, and may be used to read an executable program stored in the memory, for example, at least one of the methods shown in FIG. 2A to FIG. 5D .
  • Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a terminal 800 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the terminal 800 may be a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast user device, a messaging device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, etc.
  • terminal 800 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 802 , a memory 804 , a power component 806 , a multimedia component 808 , an audio component 810 , an input/output (I/O) interface 812 , a sensor component 814 , and a communication component 816 .
  • the processing component 802 generally controls the overall operation of the terminal 800, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations.
  • the processing component 802 may include one or more processors 820 to execute instructions to generate all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned method.
  • the processing component 802 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 802 and other components.
  • the processing component 802 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 808 and the processing component 802.
  • the memory 804 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the terminal 800. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the terminal 800, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc.
  • the memory 804 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), Programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic storage, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • PROM Programmable read-only memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • magnetic storage flash memory
  • flash memory magnetic disk or optical disk.
  • Power component 806 provides power to various components of terminal 800.
  • Power component 806 may include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power to terminal 800.
  • the multimedia component 808 includes a screen that provides an output interface between the terminal 800 and the user.
  • the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from the user.
  • the touch panel includes one or more touch sensors to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense the boundaries of the touch or slide action, but also detect the duration and pressure associated with the touch or slide operation.
  • the multimedia component 808 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera. When the terminal 800 is in an operating mode, such as a shooting mode or a video mode, the front camera and/or the rear camera may receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and the rear camera may be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.
  • the audio component 810 is configured to output and/or input audio signals.
  • the audio component 810 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the terminal 800 is in an operation mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal.
  • the received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 804 or sent via the communication component 816.
  • the audio component 810 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.
  • I/O interface 812 provides an interface between processing component 802 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: home button, volume button, start button, and lock button.
  • the sensor assembly 814 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the terminal 800.
  • the sensor assembly 814 can detect the open/closed state of the device 800, the relative positioning of the components, such as the display and keypad of the terminal 800, and the sensor assembly 814 can also detect the position change of the terminal 800 or a component of the terminal 800, the presence or absence of contact between the user and the terminal 800, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the terminal 800 and the temperature change of the terminal 800.
  • the sensor assembly 814 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects without any physical contact.
  • the sensor assembly 814 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications.
  • the sensor assembly 814 may also include an acceleration sensor, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor or a temperature sensor.
  • the communication component 816 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the terminal 800 and other devices.
  • the terminal 800 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or a combination thereof.
  • the communication component 816 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel.
  • the communication component 816 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication.
  • the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • IrDA infrared data association
  • UWB ultra-wideband
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • terminal 800 can be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to perform the above methods.
  • ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • DSPDs digital signal processing devices
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • controllers microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to perform the above methods.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a computer-readable medium including instructions.
  • the memory 804, the instructions can be executed by the processor 820 of the terminal 800 to generate the method.
  • the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure shows a structure of an access network device.
  • the communication device 900 can be provided as a network side device.
  • the communication device can be various network elements such as the aforementioned access network element and/or network function.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processing component 922, which further includes one or more processors, and a memory resource represented by a memory 932, for storing instructions that can be executed by the processing component 922, such as an application.
  • the application stored in the memory 932 may include one or more modules, each corresponding to a set of instructions.
  • the processing component 922 is configured to execute instructions to perform any method of the aforementioned method applied to the access network device, for example, as shown in any one of Figures 4A to 9.
  • the communication device 900 may also include a power supply component 926 configured to perform power management of the communication device 900, a wired or wireless network interface 950 configured to connect the communication device 900 to a network, and an input/output (I/O) interface 958.
  • the communication device 900 may operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 932, such as Windows Server TM, Mac OS XTM, UnixTM, LinuxTM, FreeBSDTM, or the like.
  • each step in a certain implementation mode or example can be implemented as an independent example, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined.
  • a solution after removing some steps in a certain implementation mode or example can also be implemented as an independent example, and the order of the steps in a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily exchanged.
  • the optional methods or optional examples in a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the various implementation modes or examples can be arbitrarily combined. For example, some or all steps of different implementation modes or examples can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily combined with the optional methods or optional examples of other implementation modes or examples.

Landscapes

  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present disclosure provide information processing methods and apparatus, a communication device, and a storage medium. A method comprises: receiving a first message sent by a first access network device; and, according to the first message, determining that a first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. The technical solution of the embodiments of the present disclosure can better help to save power, thus extending the battery life of terminals.

Description

信息处理方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质Information processing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及无线通信技术领域但不限于无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息处理方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质。The present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communication technology but is not limited to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to an information processing method and apparatus, a communication device and a storage medium.

背景技术Background Art

一般地,终端又可以称为(UE,User Equipment)。UE可包括进行数据传输的收发机。在一些情况下,UE可包括一个或多个收发机。不同的收发机的收发能力不同,和/或不同收发机工作时的功耗不同。Generally, a terminal may also be referred to as (UE, User Equipment). A UE may include a transceiver for data transmission. In some cases, a UE may include one or more transceivers. Different transceivers have different transceiver capabilities, and/or different transceivers have different power consumption when operating.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本公开实施例提供一种信息处理方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质。Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an information processing method and apparatus, a communication device, and a storage medium.

本公开实施例第一方面实施例提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;Receiving a first message sent by a first access network device;

根据第一消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。Determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the first message; wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第二方面实施例提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:A second aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:

向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机功耗。A first message is sent to a first terminal, wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第三方面实施例提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由第二接入网设备执行,方法包括:A third aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a second access network device and includes:

接收寻呼信令,其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端的最后一个或多个使用小区;第三指示信息,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。Receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

本公开实施例第四方面实施例提供一种信息处理方法,其中,由核心网设备执行,方法,包括:A fourth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device, and includes:

向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,辅助信息用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机;Sending auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;

第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。The power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第五方面实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:A fifth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第一接收模块,被配置为接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息; A first receiving module is configured to receive a first message sent by a first access network device;

确定模块,被配置为根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机号的功耗。A determination module is configured to determine, based on the first message, whether the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver; wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第六方面实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:A sixth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第一发送模块,被配置为向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,所述第一消息指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。The first sending module is configured to send a first message to a first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第七方面实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:A seventh aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第二接收模块,被配置为接收寻呼信令,其中,所述寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,所述第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端的最后一个或多个使用小区;所述第三指示信息,指示所述被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。The second receiving module is configured to receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

本公开实施例第八方面实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:An eighth aspect of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第二发送模块,被配置为向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,所述辅助信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用所述第一收发机;A second sending module is configured to send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;

所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。Power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例第九方面提供一种通信设备,包括处理器、收发器、存储器及存储在存储器上并能够有所述处理器运行的可执行程序,其中,所述处理器运行所述可执行程序时执行如前述第一方面或第二方面提供的请求系统消息块的方法。A ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a communication device, comprising a processor, a transceiver, a memory, and an executable program stored in the memory and capable of being run by the processor, wherein the processor executes the method for requesting a system message block as provided in the first or second aspect above when running the executable program.

本公开实施例第十方面提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有可执行程序;所述可执行程序被处理器执行后,能够实现前述的第一方面或第二方面提供的请求系统消息块的方法。A tenth aspect of an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer storage medium, which stores an executable program; after the executable program is executed by a processor, the method for requesting a system message block provided in the first aspect or the second aspect can be implemented.

本公开实施例提供的技术方案,第一接入网设备通过第一消息指示第一终端使用功耗更低的第一收发机或能力更强的第二收发机,如此第一接入网设备将知晓第一终端使用的收发机,从而后续需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,根据第一终端当前使用的收发机与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。从而,可以避免或减少当第一终端使用第一收发机时,而第一接入网设备以为第一终端使用第二收发机,从而与第一终端进行的复杂通信的通信失败现象。还可以避免或减少第一终端不必要使用第二收发机时持续使用第二收发机导致的功耗,从而节省了第一终端的功耗并延长了第一终端的待机时长。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver with lower power consumption or the second transceiver with stronger capability through the first message, so that the first access network device will know the transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required in the future, the first terminal will communicate with the first terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, thereby ensuring the success rate and/or communication quality of the communication. Thus, when the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the first access network device may avoid or reduce the phenomenon of failure of complex communications with the first terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal. It may also avoid or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.

本公开实施例提供的技术方案,应当理解的是,以上的一般描述和后文的细节描述仅是示例性和解释性的,并不能限制本公开实施例。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure should be understood that the above general description and the following detailed description are merely exemplary and explanatory and cannot limit the embodiments of the present disclosure.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本发明实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本发明实施例的原理。The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the present invention and, together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the embodiments of the present invention.

图1是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图;FIG1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图; FIG2A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2E是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2E is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2F是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2F is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2G是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2G is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图2H是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG2H is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3E是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3E is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3F是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG3F is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG4A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG5A is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG5B is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG5C is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG5D is a schematic flow chart of an information processing method according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6A是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理装置的结构示意图;FIG6A is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6B是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理装置的结构示意图;FIG6B is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6C是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理装置的结构示意图;FIG6C is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图6D是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种信息处理装置的结构示意图;FIG6D is a schematic diagram showing the structure of an information processing device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图7是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a terminal according to an exemplary embodiment;

图8是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种通信设备的结构示意图。Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram showing the structure of a communication device according to an exemplary embodiment.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本发明实施例相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是本发明实施例的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Here, exemplary embodiments will be described in detail, examples of which are shown in the accompanying drawings. When the following description refers to the drawings, unless otherwise indicated, the same numbers in different drawings represent the same or similar elements. The implementations described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all implementations consistent with the embodiments of the present invention. Instead, they are only examples of devices and methods consistent with some aspects of the embodiments of the present invention.

在本公开实施例使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本公开实施例。在本公开所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。 The terms used in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present disclosure. The singular forms of "a", "said", and "the" used in the present disclosure are also intended to include plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates other meanings. It should also be understood that the term "and/or" used in this article refers to and includes any or all possible combinations of one or more associated listed items.

应当理解,尽管在本公开实施例可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本公开实施例范围的情况下,第一消息也可以被称为第二消息,类似地,第二消息也可以被称为第一消息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in the disclosed embodiments, these information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, without departing from the scope of the disclosed embodiments, the first message may also be referred to as the second message, and similarly, the second message may also be referred to as the first message. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "at the time of" or "when" or "in response to determining".

请参考图1,其示出了本公开实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的结构示意图。如图1所示,无线通信系统是基于蜂窝移动通信技术的通信系统,该无线通信系统可以包括:若干个终端11、若干个接入网设备12以及至少一个核心网设备13。Please refer to Figure 1, which shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 1, the wireless communication system is a communication system based on cellular mobile communication technology, and the wireless communication system may include: a plurality of terminals 11, a plurality of access network devices 12 and at least one core network device 13.

其中,终端11可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。终端11可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,终端11可以是物联网终端,如传感器设备、移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有物联网终端的计算机,例如,可以是固定式、便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的装置。例如,站(Station,STA)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)、移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户装置(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户设备(user device)、或终端(user equipment,UE)。或者,终端11也可以是无人飞行器的设备。或者,终端11也可以是车载设备,比如,可以是具有无线通信功能的行车电脑,或者是外接行车电脑的无线通信设备。或者,终端11也可以是路边设备,比如,可以是具有无线通信功能的路灯、信号灯或者其它路边设备等。Among them, the terminal 11 can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user. The terminal 11 can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN). The terminal 11 can be an Internet of Things terminal, such as a sensor device, a mobile phone (or a "cellular" phone), and a computer with an Internet of Things terminal. For example, it can be a fixed, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted device. For example, a station (STA), a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, a remote terminal, an access terminal, a user terminal, a user agent, a user device, or a terminal (UE). Alternatively, the terminal 11 can also be a device of an unmanned aerial vehicle. Alternatively, the terminal 11 may be a vehicle-mounted device, such as a driving computer with wireless communication function, or a wireless communication device external to the driving computer. Alternatively, the terminal 11 may be a roadside device, such as a street lamp, signal lamp or other roadside device with wireless communication function.

接入网设备12可以是无线通信系统中的网络侧设备。其中,该无线通信系统可以是第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation mobile communication,4G)系统,又称长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统;或者,该无线通信系统也可以是5G系统,又称新空口(new radio,NR)系统或5G NR系统。或者,该无线通信系统也可以是5G系统的再下一代系统。其中,5G系统中的接入网可以称为NG-RAN(New Generation-Radio Access Network,新一代无线接入网)。或者,MTC系统。The access network device 12 may be a network side device in a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system may be a fourth generation mobile communication technology (4G) system, also known as a long term evolution (LTE) system; or, the wireless communication system may be a 5G system, also known as a new radio (NR) system or a 5G NR system. Alternatively, the wireless communication system may be a next generation system of the 5G system. The access network in the 5G system may be called NG-RAN (New Generation-Radio Access Network). Alternatively, an MTC system.

其中,接入网设备12可以是4G系统中采用的演进型接入网设备(eNB)。或者,接入网设备12也可以是5G系统中采用集中分布式架构的接入网设备(gNB)。当接入网设备12采用集中分布式架构时,通常包括集中单元(central unit,CU)和至少两个分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。集中单元中设置有分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路层控制协议(Radio Link Control,RLC)层、媒体访问控制(Media Access Control,MAC)层的协议栈;分布单元中设置有物理(Physical,PHY)层协议栈,本公开实施例对接入网设备12的具体实现方式不加以限定。Among them, the access network device 12 can be an evolved access network device (eNB) adopted in a 4G system. Alternatively, the access network device 12 can also be an access network device (gNB) adopting a centralized distributed architecture in a 5G system. When the access network device 12 adopts a centralized distributed architecture, it usually includes a centralized unit (CU) and at least two distributed units (DU). The centralized unit is provided with a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link layer control protocol (RLC) layer, and a media access control (MAC) layer protocol stack; the distributed unit is provided with a physical (PHY) layer protocol stack. The embodiment of the present disclosure does not limit the specific implementation method of the access network device 12.

接入网设备12和终端11之间可以通过无线空口建立无线连接。在不同的实施方式中,该无线空口是基于第四代移动通信网络技术(4G)标准的无线空口;或者,该无线空口是基于第五代移动通信网络技术(5G)标准的无线空口,比如该无线空口是新空口;或者,该无线空口也可以是基于5G的更下一代移动通信网络技术标准的无线空口。 A wireless connection can be established between the access network device 12 and the terminal 11 through a wireless air interface. In different implementations, the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on the fourth generation mobile communication network technology (4G) standard; or, the wireless air interface is a wireless air interface based on the fifth generation mobile communication network technology (5G) standard, for example, the wireless air interface is a new air interface; or, the wireless air interface can also be a wireless air interface based on the next generation mobile communication network technology standard of 5G.

核心网设备13可与接入网设备12连接。典型的核心网设备可包括但不限于:接入管理功能(Access Management Function,UDM)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户数据管理(User Data Management,UDM)以及策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)。The core network device 13 may be connected to the access network device 12. Typical core network devices may include, but are not limited to, access management function (UDM), session management function (SMF), user data management (UDM) and policy control function (PCF).

终端可以配置多个收发机。其中,不同的收发机可能具有不同的传输能力,通常也具有不同的功耗。例如,若终端在一段时间内没有进传输数据,可以关闭传输能力强的收发机或者将传输能力强的收发机休眠,使用低功耗但是收发能力弱一些的收发机。然而,网络设备并不知道终端使用什么样的收发机,例如不知道终端当前使用的是传输能力强的收发机,还是传输能力差的收发机,那么可能造成网络设备和终端之间的通信异常。例如,网络设备向终端发送的数据需要终端使用传输能力强的收发机进行处理,但终端当前使用了传输能力弱的收发机,那么终端此时可能无法接收网络设备发送的数据,或者无法对网络设备发送的数据进行处理。The terminal can be configured with multiple transceivers. Among them, different transceivers may have different transmission capabilities and usually have different power consumption. For example, if the terminal has not transmitted data for a period of time, the transceiver with strong transmission capability can be turned off or put into sleep mode, and a transceiver with low power consumption but weaker transceiver capability can be used. However, the network device does not know what kind of transceiver the terminal uses, for example, it does not know whether the terminal is currently using a transceiver with strong transmission capability or a transceiver with poor transmission capability, which may cause communication abnormalities between the network device and the terminal. For example, the data sent by the network device to the terminal requires the terminal to use a transceiver with strong transmission capability for processing, but the terminal currently uses a transceiver with weak transmission capability, then the terminal may not be able to receive the data sent by the network device at this time, or it may not be able to process the data sent by the network device.

有鉴于此,如图2A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:In view of this, as shown in FIG2A, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1110:接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;S1110: Receive a first message sent by a first access network device;

S1120:根据第一消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。S1120: Determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver; wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例中,第一消息可以显性或隐性指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,或者第一消息用于终端确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first message may explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, or the first message is used by the terminal to determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

例如:第一消息包括一个或多个比特,这些比特不同的比特值可显示指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。For example, the first message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

本公开实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息,可根据约定响应第一接入网设备并向第一接入网设备发送响应消息,或者,第一终端忽略第一消息。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, when the first terminal receives the first message, it may respond to the first access network device according to the agreement and send a response message to the first access network device, or the first terminal ignores the first message.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.

在另一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端确定不使用第一消息所指示的收发机,而使用其他收发机。例如:如果第一终端接收到第一消息,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,但由于第一终端需要发送上行消息,此时,第一终端可以使用第二收发机。In other embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端忽略第一消息,第一终端根据协议规定或自身需要确定使用第一终端或第二终端。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.

第一终端可以使用第一收发机或第二收发机接收第一消息。The first terminal may receive the first message using the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

本公开实施例中,第一收发机包括接收和/或发送功能。第二收发机包括接收和/或发送功能。示例性地,第一收发机可具有接收功能,第二收发机可具有发送功能和接收功能。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first transceiver includes a receiving and/or transmitting function. The second transceiver includes a receiving and/or transmitting function. Exemplarily, the first transceiver may have a receiving function, and the second transceiver may have a transmitting function and a receiving function.

在一些实施例中,第一收发机包括收发功能。此时,第一收发机也可称为第一接收机(receiver)。例如:第一收发机可以是LP-WUS接收机。In some embodiments, the first transceiver includes a transceiver function. In this case, the first transceiver may also be referred to as a first receiver. For example, the first transceiver may be a LP-WUS receiver.

本公开实施例中,第二收发机的传输能力强于第一收发机的传输能力。 In the disclosed embodiment, the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.

示例性地,第一收发机可为仅支持接收的接收机。Exemplarily, the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception.

示例性地,第二收发机可支持第一终端的上行发送和下行传输。Exemplarily, the second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.

例如:第一收发机可以用于接收省电信号。第二收发机除了可以用于接收省电信号,还可以接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机(Paging Occasion,PO),或,发起传输,传输包括上行传输和/或下行传输。比如:第一终端使用第二收发机可以在随机接入信道RACH(Random Access Channel)中发起随机接入。For example, the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal. In addition to receiving the power saving signal, the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate a transmission, which includes an uplink transmission and/or a downlink transmission. For example, the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).

再例如:第一收发机可以用于传输物理层信号,而第二收发机可以传输物理层信号还可以进行高层信息的传输。高层信息涉及信息的编解码操作。For another example, the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information. The high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.

本公开实施例中,第一收发机和第二收发机可以统称为收发机。收发机可具有发送和/或接收功能。可选地,第一收发机可以是超低功耗唤醒收发机(low power wake-up receiver),例如:LP-WUS收发机。第二收发机可以是包含调制解调器(modem)的主无线收发机(main radio)。In the disclosed embodiment, the first transceiver and the second transceiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver. The transceiver may have a transmitting and/or receiving function. Optionally, the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver (low power wake-up receiver), for example: an LP-WUS transceiver. The second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver (main radio) including a modem (modem).

示例性地,第一终端为同时包含第一收发机和第二收发机的终端。Exemplarily, the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.

示例性地,在确定第一终端使用第一收发机的情况下,第一终端的第二收发机处于休眠状态,从而实现第一终端的功耗节省。在确定第一终端使用第二收发机的情况下,第一终端的第一收发机可处于休眠状态或激活状态。第一收发机本身就是功耗极低的收发机,处于激活状态消耗的功耗相对较小,因此即便第二收发机进入到激活状态之后,可以通过休眠或关闭操作使得第一收发机进入到休眠状态,也可以为了后续第一终端更快进入到仅有第一收发机处于激活状态的情况下,可以维持第一收发机的休眠状态。Exemplarily, when it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the second transceiver of the first terminal is in a dormant state, thereby realizing power consumption saving of the first terminal. When it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, the first transceiver of the first terminal may be in a dormant state or an activated state. The first transceiver itself is a transceiver with extremely low power consumption, and the power consumption consumed in the activated state is relatively small. Therefore, even after the second transceiver enters the activated state, the first transceiver may be put into a dormant state through a dormant or shutdown operation, and the dormant state of the first transceiver may be maintained in order for the subsequent first terminal to enter the state where only the first transceiver is in the activated state more quickly.

在一些实施例中,第一收发机和第二收发机均可用于接收省电信号,其中,第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机接收省电信号的功耗。In some embodiments, the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.

示例性地,省电信号可为物理层信号。示例性地,省电信号可为接收功耗低于寻呼消息监听的物理层信号。Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal. Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.

示例性地,第一收发机接收的省电信号包括的信息量小于第二收发机接收的省电信号的信息量。例如:第一收发机接收的省电信号包括一个比特或几个比特,而第二收发机接收的省电信号可以包括十个比特或大于十个比特。Exemplarily, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver. For example, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.

省电信号包括:在通信过程中可以辅助第一终端节省功耗的信号。The power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.

省电信号包括但不限于:唤醒信号(WUS,Wakeup signal)、DCP(DCI for powersaving,省电目的的下行链路控制信息)或PEI(寻呼提前指示,Paging Early Indication)。其中,DCI(Downlink Control Information)表示下行链路控制信息。The power saving signal includes but is not limited to: a wake-up signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving), or PEI (Paging Early Indication). Among them, DCI (Downlink Control Information) represents downlink control information.

为了区分,将第一收发机接收的省电信号称为第一省电信号,将第二收发机接收的省电信号成为第二省电信号。则第一省电信号可以是WUS,又称LP-WUS。第二省电信号可以是PEI。For the purpose of distinction, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver is called the first power saving signal, and the power saving signal received by the second transceiver is called the second power saving signal. Then the first power saving signal may be WUS, also known as LP-WUS. The second power saving signal may be PEI.

示例性地,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是有第一收发机或第二收发机的任意消息,或者,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机的任意消息,或者,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否是有第二收发机的任意消息。 Exemplarily, the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a first transceiver or a second transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a second transceiver.

若第一消息为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机的任意消息,则在第一消息指示第一终端不使用第一收发机时,确定第一终端是有第二收发机。If the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the second transceiver.

若第一消息为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第二收发机的任意消息,则在第一消息指示第一终端不使用第二收发机时,确定第一终端是有第一收发机。If the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the second transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the second transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the first transceiver.

示例性地,所述第一消息可包括物理层消息和/或高层消息。Exemplarily, the first message may include a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.

所述物理层消息至少包括下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。该高层消息可包括但不限于MAC(介质访问控制,Medium Access Control)CE(控制单元,Control Element)和/或RRC消息。The physical layer message at least includes downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI). The high-level message may include but is not limited to MAC (Medium Access Control) CE (Control Element) and/or RRC message.

在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据第一收发机是否接收到省电信号,确定是否唤醒第二收发机。例如:如果第一终端的第一收发机接收到省电信号,第一终端将处于休眠(sleep)状态的第二收发机唤醒。如果第一终端的第一收发机没有接收到省电信号,第二收发机仍保持休眠状态。In some embodiments, the first terminal may determine whether to wake up the second transceiver based on whether the first transceiver receives a power saving signal. For example, if the first transceiver of the first terminal receives a power saving signal, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver in a sleep state. If the first transceiver of the first terminal does not receive a power saving signal, the second transceiver remains in a sleep state.

在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据第一收发机是否接收到取值为第一取值的省电信号,确定是否唤醒第二收发机。例如:如果第一终端的第一收发机接收到取值为第二取值的省电信号,第一终端将处于休眠(sleep)状态的第二收发机唤醒。如果第一终端的第一收发机没有接收到省电信号,第二收发机仍保持休眠状态。In some embodiments, the first terminal may determine whether to wake up the second transceiver based on whether the first transceiver receives a power saving signal with a first value. For example, if the first transceiver of the first terminal receives a power saving signal with a second value, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver in a sleep state. If the first transceiver of the first terminal does not receive the power saving signal, the second transceiver remains in a sleep state.

本公开实施例提供的技术方案,第一接入网设备通过第一消息指示第一终端使用功耗更低的第一收发机或能力更强的第二收发机,如此第一接入网设备将知晓第一终端使用的收发机。从而后续需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,根据第一终端当前使用的收发机与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。从而,可以避免或减少当第一终端使用第一收发机时,而第一接入网设备以为第一终端使用第二收发机,从而与第一终端进行的复杂通信的通信失败现象。还可以避免或减少第一终端不必要使用第二收发机时持续使用第二收发机导致的功耗,从而节省了第一终端的功耗并延长了第一终端的待机时长。In the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use a first transceiver with lower power consumption or a second transceiver with stronger capabilities through a first message, so that the first access network device will know the transceiver used by the first terminal. Therefore, when data interaction with the first terminal is required in the future, the first terminal communicates with the first terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of the communication. Thus, when the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the first access network device can avoid or reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the first terminal when the first terminal uses the first transceiver and the first access network device thinks that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal. It can also avoid or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the information processing method further includes at least one of the following:

当使用第一收发机监听到省电信号时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机,示例性地使用第二收发机监听寻呼提前指示或者寻呼消息或发起传输;When a power saving signal is monitored using the first transceiver, determining that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, exemplarily using the second transceiver to monitor a paging advance indication or a paging message or initiate a transmission;

当使用第一收发机未监听到省电信号时,继续使用第一收发机,示例性地使用第一收发机监听省电信号。When the power saving signal is not monitored by using the first transceiver, the first transceiver continues to be used, and illustratively, the first transceiver is used to monitor the power saving signal.

在该实施例中,省电信号是否被监听到的状态,用于第一终端确定是否唤醒第二收发机。In this embodiment, the state of whether the power saving signal is monitored is used by the first terminal to determine whether to wake up the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,还包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the information processing method further includes at least one of the following:

当使用第一收发机监听到取值为第一取值的省电信号时,使用第二收发机;When the first transceiver is used to monitor a power saving signal having a first value, the second transceiver is used;

当使用第一收发机未监听到省电信号时,继续使用第一收发机。When the power saving signal is not detected by using the first transceiver, the first transceiver continues to be used.

在该实施例中,第一收发机在省电信号的配置资源上能够监听到省电信号,省电信号的具体取值,用于第一终端确定是否唤醒第二收发机。In this embodiment, the first transceiver can monitor the power saving signal on the configuration resource of the power saving signal, and the specific value of the power saving signal is used by the first terminal to determine whether to wake up the second transceiver.

示例性地,若第一终端收到第一消息,且第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机监听省电信号, 则第一终端将第二收发机进入休眠状态。Exemplarily, if the first terminal receives the first message, and the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, The first terminal then puts the second transceiver into a sleep state.

在确定使用第一收发机的情况下,第一终端会使用第一收发机监听到省电信号。若第一终端监听到省电信号或监听到第一取值的省电信号,说明网络设备侧有较大概率会寻呼终端或者与终端进行通信,由于第二收发机接收省电信号功耗更大,先使用第一收发机监听省电信号,在第一收发机监听到省电信号之后,再唤醒第二收发机,否则,第二收发机未出休眠(sleep)状态,这种策略更有利于节省功耗。In the case of determining to use the first transceiver, the first terminal will use the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal. If the first terminal monitors the power saving signal or monitors the power saving signal of the first value, it means that there is a high probability that the network device side will page the terminal or communicate with the terminal. Since the second transceiver consumes more power to receive the power saving signal, the first transceiver is used to monitor the power saving signal first, and the second transceiver is awakened after the first transceiver monitors the power saving signal. Otherwise, the second transceiver is not in a sleep state. This strategy is more conducive to saving power consumption.

本公开实施例中,第一终端可以在处于非连续接收(DRX,Discontinuous Reception)状态时使用第一收发机或第二收发机。第一终端处于DRX状态为:终端根据DRX配置或者扩展DRX配置,按照DRX配置对应的DRX周期进行唤醒和休眠的状态。In the disclosed embodiment, the first terminal may use the first transceiver or the second transceiver when in a discontinuous reception (DRX) state. The first terminal is in a DRX state when the terminal wakes up and sleeps according to the DRX cycle corresponding to the DRX configuration according to the DRX configuration or the extended DRX configuration.

示例性地,第一终端处于连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)时,第一终端使用第一收发机接收到省电信号后,第一省电信号唤醒第二收发机。被唤醒的第二收发机可以监听PDCCH(物理下行控制信道,Physical Downlink Control Channel)。或,第一终端处于连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)时,第一终端使用第二收发机接收省电信号,且第二收发机在接收省电信号后,监听PDCCH。Exemplarily, when the first terminal is in a connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), after the first terminal receives a power saving signal using the first transceiver, the first power saving signal wakes up the second transceiver. The awakened second transceiver can monitor PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel). Or, when the first terminal is in a connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), the first terminal receives a power saving signal using the second transceiver, and after receiving the power saving signal, the second transceiver monitors PDCCH.

如果针对连接态第一终端未接收到省电信号,则第一终端会跳过对PDCCH的监听。If the connected first terminal does not receive the power saving signal, the first terminal will skip monitoring the PDCCH.

示例性地,第一终端处于非连接态时,第一终端使用第一收发机接收到省电信号或为第一取值的省电信号后,唤醒第二收发机,被唤醒的第二收发机监听寻呼消息,或,被唤醒的第二收发机接收指示监听寻呼消息的寻呼提前指示(Paging Early Indicator,PEI),或发起随机接入,或者基于随机接入进行小数据传输(Small Data Transmission,SDT)。Exemplarily, when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, after the first terminal uses the first transceiver to receive a power saving signal or a power saving signal with a first value, the first terminal wakes up the second transceiver, and the awakened second transceiver monitors the paging message, or the awakened second transceiver receives a paging early indication (Paging Early Indicator, PEI) indicating the monitoring of the paging message, or initiates random access, or performs small data transmission (Small Data Transmission, SDT) based on random access.

或,第一终端处于非连接态时,第一终端使用第二收发机接收到省电信号后,使用第二收发机监听寻呼消息。Or, when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, after receiving the power saving signal using the second transceiver, the first terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the paging message.

如果第一终端未接收到省电信号,则第一终端跳过对寻呼消息的监听。If the first terminal does not receive the power saving signal, the first terminal skips monitoring the paging message.

本公开实施例中,非连接态包括:空闲态(RRC_IDLE)和/或非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)。In the disclosed embodiment, the non-connected state includes: an idle state (RRC_IDLE) and/or an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:标志位(Flag)。其中,标志位指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机。In some embodiments, the first message includes: a flag, wherein the flag indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,标志位可用于显性指示第一终端使用第一收发机的一种。Exemplarily, the flag bit may be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses one of the first transceivers.

如果第一消息包括标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一消息不携带标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the first message includes the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。In some embodiments, the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.

通过第一指示信息和标志位,第一接入网设备可以指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。进而第一接入网设备可以知晓第一终端使用的收发机类型,从而后续需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,根据第一终端当前使用的收发机与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。Through the first indication information and the flag bit, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.

示例性地,如果第一终端接收的第一消息包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设备指示第一终端使用第一收发机。反之,如果第一终端接收的第一消息不包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设 备指示第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, if the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. The device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

第一指示信息可以显性或隐性指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。The first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:

分组信息,指示使用第一收发机的终端组;Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver;

终端信息,指示使用第一收发机的一个或多个终端。The terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息和终端信息均可用于隐性指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息包括但不限于分组ID(subgroup ID)。Exemplarily, the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定第一终端的终端分组,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.

如果第一消息包括分组信息,且分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。使用分组信息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,不用额外构造信息来指示,具有实现简单的特点。If the first message includes grouping information, and the grouping information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the grouping information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver. Using the grouping information to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver does not require additional structured information for indication, and has the characteristic of being simple to implement.

示例性地,终端信息包括终端的UEID(UE标识)和/或UE类型信息等。Exemplarily, the terminal information includes the UEID (UE identification) of the terminal and/or UE type information, etc.

在一些实施例中,根据第一消息,确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:In some embodiments, determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:

当第一消息携带的终端信息指向所述第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;When the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

或者,or,

当第一消息携带的终端信息不指向第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。When the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

如果第一消息包括终端信息,且可以实现每个(per)终端的指示终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,具有灵活性高的特点。If the first message includes the terminal information, and it is possible to instruct each terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, the method has the characteristic of high flexibility.

第一消息可以是任意下行消息。The first message may be any downlink message.

示例性地,第一消息包括RRC配置消息。Exemplarily, the first message includes an RRC configuration message.

该RRC配置信息可用于针对处于连接态的第一终端。The RRC configuration information may be used for the first terminal in a connected state.

该RRC配置消息可包括:DRX配置。该DRX配置可用于第一终端在连接态下执行DRX机制。该DRX配置可包括定时器的配置信息。该定时器的配置信息可包括:唤醒定时器的配置信息,和/或,非激活态定时器的配置信息等。The RRC configuration message may include: DRX configuration. The DRX configuration may be used for the first terminal to perform the DRX mechanism in the connected state. The DRX configuration may include configuration information of a timer. The configuration information of the timer may include: configuration information of a wake-up timer, and/or configuration information of an inactive state timer, etc.

示例性地,第一消息包括RRC释放消息。Exemplarily, the first message includes an RRC release message.

该RRC释放消息可为指示第一终端从连接态进入到非连接态。The RRC release message may indicate that the first terminal enters a non-connected state from a connected state.

若第一消息为RRC配置消息或者RRC释放消息,相当于无需构造专门的指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机的消息,而是复用其他类型的RRC消息,与相关技术的兼容性高,且实现简便。进一步地,第一消息为RRC释放消息,则第一终端从连接态进入到非连接态时,就知晓自身在非连接态下使用第一收发机还是第二收发机。因此第一终端根据第一消息确定进入到非连接态后使用第一收发机或第二收发机。 If the first message is an RRC configuration message or an RRC release message, it is equivalent to not constructing a special message to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexing other types of RRC messages, which is highly compatible with related technologies and easy to implement. Further, when the first message is an RRC release message, the first terminal knows whether it uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver in the non-connected state when it enters the non-connected state from the connected state. Therefore, the first terminal determines whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the non-connected state according to the first message.

如图2B所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG2B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1210:根据第一消息,确定第一终端进入非连接态后使用第一收发机或第二收发机。S1210: Determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the unconnected state.

示例性地,非连接态包括:空闲态(RRC_IDLE)和/或非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)。Exemplarily, the non-connected state includes: an idle state (RRC_IDLE) and/or an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:标志位(Flag);其中,标志位指示第一终端使用第一收发机;示例性地,标志位可用于显性指示第一终端使用第一收发机的一种。In some embodiments, the first message includes: a flag bit (Flag); wherein the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver; illustratively, the flag bit can be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

如果第一消息包括标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一消息不携带标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the first message includes the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。In some embodiments, the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.

通过第一指示信息和标志位,第一接入网设备可以指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。进而第一接入网设备可以知晓第一终端使用的收发机类型,从而后续需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,根据第一终端当前使用的收发机与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。Through the first indication information and the flag bit, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.

示例性地,如果第一终端接收的第一消息包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设备指示第一终端使用第一收发机。反之,如果第一终端接收的第一消息不包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设备指示第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, if the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

第一指示信息可以显性或隐性指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。The first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:

分组信息,指示使用第一收发机的终端组;Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver;

终端信息,指示使用第一收发机的一个或多个终端。The terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息和终端信息均可用于隐性指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息包括但不限于分组ID(subgroup ID)。Exemplarily, the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.

示例性地,终端信息包括终端的UEID。Exemplarily, the terminal information includes the UEID of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,根据第一消息,确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:In some embodiments, determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:

当第一消息携带的终端信息指向所述第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;When the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

或者,or,

当第一消息携带的终端信息不指向第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。When the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定第一终端的终端分组,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.

如果第一消息包括分组信息,且分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the first message includes group information, and the group information points to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

第一消息可以是任意下行消息。The first message may be any downlink message.

示例性地,在第一终端处于非连接态时,第一消息包括RRC释放消息。 Exemplarily, when the first terminal is in a non-connected state, the first message includes an RRC release message.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.

在另一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端确定不使用第一消息所指示的收发机,而使用其他收发机。例如:如果第一终端接收到第一消息,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,但由于第一终端需要发送上行消息,此时,第一终端可以使用第二收发机。In other embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端忽略第一消息,第一终端根据协议规定或自身需要确定使用第一终端或第二终端。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.

本公开实施例中,第二收发机的传输能力强于第一收发机的传输能力。In the disclosed embodiment, the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.

示例性地,第一收发机可为仅支持接收的接收机。第二收发机可支持第一终端的上行发送和下行传输。Exemplarily, the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception. The second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.

例如:第一收发机可以用于接收省电信号。第二收发机除了可以用于接收省电信号,还可以接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机(Paging Occasion,PO),或,发起上行数据传输。比如:第一终端使用第二收发机可以在随机接入信道RACH(Random Access Channel)中发起随机接入。For example, the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal. In addition to receiving the power saving signal, the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate uplink data transmission. For example, the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).

再例如:第一收发机可以用于传输物理层信号,而第二收发机可以传输物理层信号还可以进行高层信息的传输。高层信息涉及信息的编解码操作。For another example, the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information. The high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.

本公开实施例中,第一收发机可以是超低功耗唤醒收发机(low power wake-up receiver),例如:LP-WUS收发机。第二收发机可以是包含调制解调器(modem)的主无线收发机(main radio)。In the disclosed embodiment, the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver, such as an LP-WUS transceiver. The second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver including a modem.

示例性地,第一终端为同时包含第一收发机和第二收发机的终端。Exemplarily, the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.

示例性地,在确定第一终端使用第一收发机的情况下,第一终端的第二收发机处于休眠状态,从而实现第一终端的功耗节省。在确定第一终端使用第二收发机的情况下,第一终端的第一收发机可处于休眠状态或激活状态。第一收发机本身就是功耗极低的收发机,处于激活状态消耗的功耗相对较小,因此即便第二收发机进入到激活状态之后,可以通过休眠或关闭操作使得第一收发机进入到休眠状态,也可以为了后续第一终端更快进入到仅有第一收发机处于激活状态的情况下,可以维持第一收发机的休眠状态。Exemplarily, when it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the second transceiver of the first terminal is in a dormant state, thereby realizing power consumption saving of the first terminal. When it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, the first transceiver of the first terminal may be in a dormant state or an activated state. The first transceiver itself is a transceiver with extremely low power consumption, and the power consumption consumed in the activated state is relatively small. Therefore, even after the second transceiver enters the activated state, the first transceiver may be put into a dormant state through a dormant or shutdown operation, and the dormant state of the first transceiver may be maintained in order for the subsequent first terminal to enter the state where only the first transceiver is in the activated state more quickly.

在一些实施例中,第一收发机和第二收发机均可用于接收省电信号,其中,第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机接收省电信号的功耗。In some embodiments, the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.

示例性地,省电信号可为物理层信号。示例性地,省电信号可为接收功耗低于寻呼消息监听的物理层信号。Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal. Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.

示例性地,第一收发机接收的省电信号包括的信息量小于第二收发机接收的省电信号的信息量。例如:第一收发机接收的省电信号包括一个比特或几个比特,而第二收发机接收的省电信号可以包括十个比特或大于十个比特。Exemplarily, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver. For example, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.

省电信号包括:在通信过程中可以辅助第一终端节省功耗的信号。The power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.

省电信号包括但不限于:唤醒信号(WUS,Wakeup signal)、DCP(DCI for powersaving,省电目的的下行链路控制信息)或PEI(寻呼提前指示,Paging Early Indication)。其中,DCI(Downlink  Control Information)表示下行链路控制信息。Power saving signals include but are not limited to: Wakeup signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving) or PEI (Paging Early Indication). Control Information) represents downlink control information.

如图2C所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG2C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1310:当第一消息包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机。S1310: When the first message includes a flag bit, determine that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,当第一消息不包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。In some embodiments, when the first message does not include a flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

示例性地,标志位指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在另一些实施中,当第一消息包含为预设取值的标志位时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;和/或,当第一消息包含为非预设取值的标志位时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机,或确定第一终端不使用第一收发机。In other implementations, when the first message includes a flag bit with a preset value, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver; and/or, when the first message includes a flag bit with a non-preset value, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, or it is determined that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver.

在另一些实施例中,当第一消息包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机;当第一消息不包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机。此时,标志位指示第一终端使用第二收发机。In some other embodiments, when the first message includes a flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver; when the first message does not include a flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. In this case, the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

如图2D所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2D , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1410:当第一消息携带的分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机。S1410: When the group information carried by the first message points to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, determine that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,当第一消息携带的分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。In some embodiments, when the group information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

分组信息指向第一终端使用第一收发机的终端组。The grouping information points to a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息包括但不限于分组ID(subgroup ID)。Exemplarily, the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定第一终端的终端分组,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal grouping of the first terminal, and the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through a first message according to the grouping information.

在另一些实施中,当第一消息携带的分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机,或者,当第一消息携带的分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机。此时,分组信息指向第一终端使用第二收发机的终端组。In some other implementations, when the grouping information carried by the first message points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver, or when the grouping information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. In this case, the grouping information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

如图2E所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2E , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1510:向第一接入网设备发送第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端是否使用第一收发机。S1510: Send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

第二消息包括一个或多个比特,这些比特不同的比特值可指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,如果第一接入网设备收到第一终端发送的第二消息时,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一接入网设备未收到第一终端发送的第二消息时,第一接入网确定第一终端使用第二收发机。In some embodiments, if the first access network device receives the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first access network device does not receive the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一接入网设备还可以通过第二消息的内容,确定第一终端是否使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, the first access network device may also determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver according to the content of the second message.

例如:如果第二消息包括预设字段,确定第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第二消息不包括预设字段,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第二收发机。预设字段指示第一终端使用第一收发机。 For example, if the second message includes a preset field, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the second message does not include a preset field, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver. The preset field indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

再例如:第二消息包括确认ACK(Acknowledgment)指示或否定确认NCK(negative-acknowledgment)指示。如果第一接入网设备向第一终端发送的第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,且第二消息包括ACK指示,则第二消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一接入网设备向第一终端发送的第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,且第二消息包括NCK指示,则第二消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。For another example: the second message includes an ACK (Acknowledgment) indication or a negative-acknowledgment NCK (negative-acknowledgment) indication. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an ACK indication, then the second message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an NCK indication, then the second message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.

示例性地,第一终端接收第一消息后,向第一接入网设备发送第二消息。Exemplarily, after receiving the first message, the first terminal sends a second message to the first access network device.

示例性地,第一消息为RRC释放消息。如果第二消息为第一终端在收到第一接入网设备的RRC释放消息之后发送的RLC(无线链路控制,Radio Link Control)AM(确认模式,Ackonwledged Mode)模式的ACK指示,则第二消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第二消息为第一终端在收到第一接入网设备的RRC释放消息之后发送的NCK指示,则第二消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, the first message is an RRC release message. If the second message is an ACK indication of RLC (Radio Link Control) AM (Acknowledged Mode) mode sent by the first terminal after receiving the RRC release message of the first access network device, the second message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the second message is an NCK indication sent by the first terminal after receiving the RRC release message of the first access network device, the second message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

在另一些实施例中,第一终端可以无需接收第一消息,第一终端可以自行确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some other embodiments, the first terminal may not need to receive the first message, and the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver by itself.

第一终端向第一接入网设备发送第二消息,可以确保第一接入网设备知晓第一终端使用哪种收发机,提高了第一终端和第一接入网设备之间信息传输的可靠性。The first terminal sends the second message to the first access network device, which can ensure that the first access network device knows which transceiver the first terminal uses, thereby improving the reliability of information transmission between the first terminal and the first access network device.

如图2F所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2F , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1610:接收第一接入网设备基于辅助信息发送的第一消息;其中,辅助信息用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机。S1610: Receive a first message sent by a first access network device based on auxiliary information; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示被动确定第一收发机或第二收发机。或者,第一终端还可以主动确定第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, the first terminal may passively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message. Alternatively, the first terminal may also actively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一终端可以根据协议规定或通信需要,主动确定开启第一收发机或第二收发机。在一些实施例中,寻呼概率与第一终端使用第二收发机的概率呈正相关关系。Exemplarily, the first terminal may actively determine to turn on the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to protocol regulations or communication needs. In some embodiments, the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

示例性地,如果寻呼概率大于或等于概率阈值,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机;或者,Exemplarily, if the paging probability is greater than or equal to the probability threshold, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver; or,

如果寻呼概率小于概率阈值,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。If the paging probability is less than the probability threshold, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

在寻呼概率较大时,第一消息指示第一终端使用能力更强的第二收发机,可以获得更强的信息处理能力,更快响应寻呼消息。When the paging probability is relatively high, the first message instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.

在寻呼概率较小时,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号更有利于节省功耗。When the paging probability is small, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.

业务属性可包括:描述业务时间特点的属性信息,和/或业务类型。The service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.

如此,业务属性可用于确定当前时段内第一终端被寻呼的概率,或者第一接入网设备需要和第 一终端之间的通信概率。被寻呼的概率和通信概率越高,则通过第一消息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。In this way, the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the first access network device needs to communicate with the second terminal. The higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication, the higher the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message, otherwise the first terminal may be instructed to use the first transceiver.

不同业务类型具有不同的业务紧急性,若第一终端有签约延时小的业务,则这种业务的业务数据达到就需要及时传输给第一终端,则此时通过第一消息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Different service types have different service urgency. If the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定第一终端的终端分组,因此,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.

分组信息包括分组ID。The group information includes a group ID.

如果分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the group information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

一般地,第一终端开机后会注册到核心网设备注册,在第一终端的注册过程中,核心网设备会存储第一终端上报的信息及核心网设备为第一终端分配的分组信息,第一终端上报的信息和分组信息共同构成辅助信息。Generally, after the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.

辅助信息来自核心网设备,基于辅助信息发送第一消息,可以提高第一消息指示的收发机类型与第一终端在离开连接态前所使用的收发机类型一致性,提高了第一接入网设备决策准确性。The auxiliary information comes from the core network device. Sending the first message based on the auxiliary information can improve the consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.

辅助信息也可以来自终端。比如第一终端将自身的辅助信息通知给第一接入网设备。根据辅助信息发送第一消息,可以使得第一消息指示第一终端在当前传输状况下使用合适的收发机,减少第一终端所使用收发机的不必要切换。The auxiliary information may also come from the terminal. For example, the first terminal notifies the first access network device of its own auxiliary information. Sending the first message according to the auxiliary information may enable the first message to instruct the first terminal to use a suitable transceiver under the current transmission condition, thereby reducing unnecessary switching of the transceiver used by the first terminal.

如图2G所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2G , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1710:使用第一收发机监听到省电信号;S1710: Using the first transceiver to monitor a power saving signal;

S1720:当省电信号具有第一取值时,使用第二收发机监听寻呼提前指示或者寻呼消息或发起传输;该传输可包括但不限于上行传输和/或下行传输;S1720: When the power saving signal has the first value, use the second transceiver to monitor the paging advance indication or the paging message or initiate a transmission; the transmission may include but is not limited to uplink transmission and/or downlink transmission;

S1730:当所述省电信号具有第二取值时,继续使用第一收发机监听省电信号。S1730: When the power saving signal has the second value, continue to use the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal.

如果省电信号具有第一取值,表明需要唤醒第二收发机。如果省电信号具有第二取值,表明不需要唤醒第二收发机。If the power saving signal has the first value, it indicates that the second transceiver needs to be awakened. If the power saving signal has the second value, it indicates that the second transceiver does not need to be awakened.

示例性地,第一取值可以是1,第二取值可以是0。Exemplarily, the first value may be 1, and the second value may be 0.

唤醒第二收发机包括:对于处于连接态的第一终端而言,唤醒第二收发机包括第一终端使用第二收发机监听PDCCH。或者,对于处于非连接态的第一终端而言,唤醒第二收发机包括第一终端使用第二收发机监听寻呼提前指示或者寻呼消息或发起上行数据传输。Waking up the second transceiver includes: for the first terminal in a connected state, waking up the second transceiver includes the first terminal using the second transceiver to monitor the PDCCH. Or, for the first terminal in a non-connected state, waking up the second transceiver includes the first terminal using the second transceiver to monitor the paging advance indication or paging message or initiate uplink data transmission.

关于第一收发机、第一终端、第一省电信号及第二收发机的解释说明可参见对步骤S1120中的描述,不再赘述。For explanations about the first transceiver, the first terminal, the first power saving signal and the second transceiver, reference may be made to the description of step S1120 and will not be repeated herein.

如图2H所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2H , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first terminal and includes:

S1810:接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;其中,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或 第二收发机;S1810: Receive a first message sent by a first access network device; wherein the first message instructs the first terminal to use a first transceiver or a second transceiver;

S1820:根据第一消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;S1820: Determine, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver;

S1830:向第一接入网设备发送第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端是否使用第一收发机。S1830: Send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示确定使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal may determine whether to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message.

在另一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端确定不使用第一消息所指示的收发机,而使用其他收发机。例如:如果第一终端接收到第一消息,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,但由于第一终端需要发送上行消息,此时,第一终端可以使用第二收发机。In other embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal determines not to use the transceiver indicated by the first message, but to use another transceiver. For example, if the first terminal receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, but because the first terminal needs to send an uplink message, at this time, the first terminal can use the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端接收到第一消息时,第一终端忽略第一消息,第一终端根据协议规定或自身需要确定使用第一终端或第二终端。In some embodiments, when the first terminal receives the first message, the first terminal ignores the first message, and the first terminal determines to use the first terminal or the second terminal according to protocol regulations or its own needs.

步骤S1820是可选步骤。Step S1820 is an optional step.

关于第一收发机、第一终端、第一省电信号及第二收发机的描述可参见对步骤S1120中的相关描述,关于第二消息的描述可参见对步骤S1510中相关描述,不再赘述。For the description of the first transceiver, the first terminal, the first power saving signal and the second transceiver, reference may be made to the relevant description in step S1120. For the description of the second message, reference may be made to the relevant description in step S1510, which will not be repeated here.

如图3A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:

S2110:向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。S2110: Send a first message to the first terminal; wherein the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

本公开实施例中,第一消息可以显性或隐性指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first message may explicitly or implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

例如:第一消息包括一个或多个比特,这些比特不同的比特值可显示指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。For example, the first message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是有第一收发机或第二收发机的任意消息,或者,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机的任意消息,或者,第一消息可为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否是有第二收发机的任意消息。Exemplarily, the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a first transceiver or a second transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, or the first message may be any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal has a second transceiver.

若第一消息为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机的任意消息,则在第一消息指示第一终端不使用第一收发机时,确定第一终端是有第二收发机。If the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the first transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the second transceiver.

若第一消息为任意显性或隐性指示第一终端是否使用第二收发机的任意消息,则在第一消息指示第一终端不使用第二收发机时,确定第一终端是有第一收发机。If the first message is any message that explicitly or implicitly indicates whether the first terminal uses the second transceiver, then when the first message indicates that the first terminal does not use the second transceiver, it is determined that the first terminal has the first transceiver.

示例性地,所述第一消息可包括物理层消息和/或高层消息。Exemplarily, the first message may include a physical layer message and/or a high layer message.

所述物理层消息至少包括下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。该高层消息可包括但不限于MAC(介质访问控制,Medium Access Control)CE(控制控制单元,Control Element)和/或RRC消息。The physical layer message at least includes downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI). The high-level message may include but is not limited to MAC (Medium Access Control) CE (Control Element) and/or RRC message.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:标志位(Flag);其中,标志位指示第一终端使用第一收发机。In some embodiments, the first message includes: a flag bit (Flag); wherein the flag bit indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,标志位可用于显性指示第一终端使用第一收发机的一种。 Exemplarily, the flag bit may be used to explicitly indicate that the first terminal uses one of the first transceivers.

如果第一消息包括标志位,且第一消息携带标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一消息不携带标志位,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the first message includes the flag bit, and the first message carries the flag bit, then the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message does not carry the flag bit, then the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:第一指示信息,第一指示信息指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。In some embodiments, the first message includes: first indication information indicating a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver.

通过第一指示信息和标志位,第一接入网设备可以指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。进而第一接入网设备可以知晓第一终端使用的收发机类型,从而后续需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,根据第一终端当前使用的收发机与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。Through the first indication information and the flag bit, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Then, the first access network device can know the type of transceiver used by the first terminal, so that when data interaction with the first terminal is required later, the first terminal can be communicated with according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.

示例性地,如果第一终端接收的第一消息包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设备指示第一终端使用第一收发机。反之,如果第一终端接收的第一消息不包括第一指示信息,表明第一接入网设备指示第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, if the first message received by the first terminal includes the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. Conversely, if the first message received by the first terminal does not include the first indication information, it indicates that the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

第一指示信息可以显性或隐性指示使用第一收发机的终端或终端组。The first indication information may explicitly or implicitly indicate the terminal or terminal group using the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:

分组信息,指示使用第一收发机的终端组;Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver;

终端信息,指示使用第一收发机的一个或多个终端。The terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息和终端信息均可用于隐性指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, both the group information and the terminal information may be used to implicitly indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,分组信息包括但不限于分组ID(subgroup ID)。Exemplarily, the grouping information includes but is not limited to a subgroup ID.

示例性地,终端信息包括终端的UEID。Exemplarily, the terminal information includes the UEID of the terminal.

在一些实施例中,根据第一消息,确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:In some embodiments, determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver includes:

当第一消息携带的终端信息指向所述第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;When the terminal information carried by the first message points to the first terminal, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

或者,or,

当第一消息携带的终端信息不指向第一终端时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。When the terminal information carried by the first message does not point to the first terminal, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

如果第一消息包括分组信息,且分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the first message includes group information, and the group information points to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group the first terminal is in, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

第一消息可以是任意下行消息。The first message may be any downlink message.

示例性地,第一消息包括RRC配置消息。Exemplarily, the first message includes an RRC configuration message.

该RRC配置信息可用于针对处于连接态的第一终端。The RRC configuration information may be used for the first terminal in a connected state.

该RRC配置消息可包括:DRX配置。该DRX配置可用于第一终端在连接态下执行DRX机制。该DRX配置可包括定时器的配置信息。该定时器的配置信息可包括:唤醒定时器的配置信息,和/或,非激活态定时器的配置信息等。The RRC configuration message may include: DRX configuration. The DRX configuration may be used for the first terminal to perform the DRX mechanism in the connected state. The DRX configuration may include configuration information of a timer. The configuration information of the timer may include: configuration information of a wake-up timer, and/or configuration information of an inactive state timer, etc.

示例性地,第一消息包括RRC释放消息。Exemplarily, the first message includes an RRC release message.

该RRC释放消息可为指示第一终端从连接态进入到非连接态。The RRC release message may indicate that the first terminal enters a non-connected state from a connected state.

若第一消息为RRC配置消息或者RRC释放消息,相当于无需构造专门的指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机的消息,而是复用其他类型的RRC消息,与相关技术的兼容性高,且实现简 便。进一步地,第一消息为RRC释放消息,则第一终端从连接态进入到非连接态时,就知晓自身在非连接态下使用第一收发机还是第二收发机。If the first message is an RRC configuration message or an RRC release message, it is equivalent to not constructing a special message for instructing the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexing other types of RRC messages, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is simple to implement. Further, if the first message is an RRC release message, when the first terminal enters the non-connected state from the connected state, the first terminal knows whether it uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver in the non-connected state.

本公开实施例中,第二收发机的传输能力强于第一收发机的传输能力。In the disclosed embodiment, the transmission capability of the second transceiver is stronger than that of the first transceiver.

示例性地,第一收发机可为仅支持接收的接收机。第二收发机可支持第一终端的上行发送和下行传输。Exemplarily, the first transceiver may be a receiver that only supports reception. The second transceiver may support uplink transmission and downlink transmission of the first terminal.

示例性地,省电信号可为物理层信号。示例性地,省电信号可为接收功耗低于寻呼消息监听的物理层信号。Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal. Exemplarily, the power saving signal may be a physical layer signal whose receiving power consumption is lower than that of paging message monitoring.

例如:第一收发机可以用于接收省电信号。第二收发机除了可以用于接收省电信号,还可以接收寻呼消息的寻呼时机(Paging Occasion,PO),或,发起上行数据传输。比如:第一终端使用第二收发机可以在随机接入信道RACH(Random Access Channel)中发起随机接入。For example, the first transceiver can be used to receive a power saving signal. In addition to receiving the power saving signal, the second transceiver can also receive a paging occasion (Paging Occasion, PO) of a paging message, or initiate uplink data transmission. For example, the first terminal can use the second transceiver to initiate a random access in a random access channel RACH (Random Access Channel).

再例如:第一收发机可以用于传输物理层信号,而第二收发机可以传输物理层信号还可以进行高层信息的传输。高层信息涉及信息的编解码操作。For another example, the first transceiver can be used to transmit physical layer signals, while the second transceiver can transmit physical layer signals and also transmit high-layer information. The high-layer information involves encoding and decoding operations of information.

本公开实施例中,第一收发机可以是超低功耗唤醒收发机(low power wake-up receiver),例如:LP-WUS收发机。第二收发机可以是包含调制解调器(modem)的主无线收发机(main radio)。In the disclosed embodiment, the first transceiver may be an ultra-low power wake-up transceiver, such as an LP-WUS transceiver. The second transceiver may be a main radio transceiver including a modem.

示例性地,第一终端为同时包含第一收发机和第二收发机的终端。Exemplarily, the first terminal is a terminal including both a first transceiver and a second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一收发机和第二收发机均可用于接收省电信号,其中,第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机接收省电信号的功耗。In some embodiments, the first transceiver and the second transceiver may both be used to receive a power saving signal, wherein power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver to receive the power saving signal.

示例性地,第一收发机接收的省电信号包括的信息量小于第二收发机接收的省电信号的信息量。例如:第一收发机接收的省电信号包括一个比特或几个比特,而第二收发机接收的省电信号可以包括十个比特或大于十个比特。Exemplarily, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes less information than the power saving signal received by the second transceiver. For example, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver includes one bit or several bits, while the power saving signal received by the second transceiver may include ten bits or more than ten bits.

省电信号包括:在通信过程中可以辅助第一终端节省功耗的信号。The power saving signal includes: a signal that can assist the first terminal in saving power consumption during the communication process.

省电信号包括但不限于:唤醒信号(WUS,Wakeup signal)、DCP(DCI for power saving,省电目的的下行链路控制信息)或PEI(寻呼提前指示,Paging Early Indication)。其中,DCI(Downlink Control Information)表示下行链路控制信息。The power saving signal includes but is not limited to: a wake-up signal (WUS), DCP (DCI for power saving), or PEI (Paging Early Indication). Among them, DCI (Downlink Control Information) represents downlink control information.

为了区分,将第一收发机接收的省电信号称为第一省电信号,将第二收发机接收的省电信号成为第二省电信号。则第一省电信号可以是WUS,又称LP-WUS。第二省电信号可以是PEI。For the purpose of distinction, the power saving signal received by the first transceiver is called the first power saving signal, and the power saving signal received by the second transceiver is called the second power saving signal. Then the first power saving signal may be WUS, also known as LP-WUS. The second power saving signal may be PEI.

本公开实施例中,对于处于连接态的第一终端而言,第一接入网设备为与第一终端通信连接的接入网设备。In the embodiment of the present disclosure, for the first terminal in a connected state, the first access network device is an access network device that is communicatively connected to the first terminal.

如图3B所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:

S2210:接收第一终端的第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。S2210: Receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

第二消息包括一个或多个比特,这些比特不同的比特值可指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。 The second message includes one or more bits, and different bit values of these bits can indicate that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,如果第一接入网设备收到第一终端发送的第二消息时,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一接入网设备未收到第一终端发送的第二消息时,第一接入网可根据约定确定第一终端使用第二收发机。In some embodiments, if the first access network device receives the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first access network device does not receive the second message sent by the first terminal, the first access network may determine that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to an agreement.

示例性地,第一接入网设备还可以通过第二消息的内容,确定第一终端是否使用第一收发机。Exemplarily, the first access network device may also determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver according to the content of the second message.

例如:如果第二消息包括预设字段,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第二消息不包括预设字段,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第二收发机。预设字段指示第一终端使用第一收发机。For example, if the second message includes a preset field, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the second message does not include a preset field, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver. The preset field indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

再例如:第二消息包括确认ACK(Acknowledgment)指示或否定确认NCK(negative-acknowledgment)指示。如果第一接入网设备向第一终端发送的第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,且第二消息包括ACK指示,则根据第二消息,第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机。如果第一接入网设备向第一终端发送的第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机,且第二消息包括NCK指示,则第一接入网设备根据第二消息确定第一终端使用第二收发机。For another example: the second message includes an ACK (Acknowledgment) indication or a NCK (negative-acknowledgment) indication. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an ACK indication, then according to the second message, the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver. If the first message sent by the first access network device to the first terminal indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second message includes an NCK indication, then the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to the second message.

在一些实施例中,第一接入网设备根据第二消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机后,第一接入网设备可以在本地记录第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。从而后续第一接入网设备需要与第一终端进行数据交互时,第一接入网设备可以根据本地记载与第一终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量。In some embodiments, after the first access network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the second message, the first access network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Thus, when the first access network device needs to interact with the first terminal for data later, the first access network device can communicate with the first terminal according to the local record to ensure the success rate and/or quality of communication.

第一接入网设备接收第二消息,可以确保第一接入网设备知晓第一终端使用哪种收发机,提高了第一终端和第一接入网设备之间信息传输的可靠性。减少了第一终端使用第一收发机时,第一接入网设备以为第一终端使用第二收发机,从而与终端进行的复杂通信的通信失败现象,和/或,减少第一终端不必要使用第二收发机时持续使用第二收发机导致的功耗,从而节省了第一终端的功耗并延长了第一终端的待机时长。The first access network device receives the second message, which can ensure that the first access network device knows which transceiver the first terminal uses, thereby improving the reliability of information transmission between the first terminal and the first access network device. When the first terminal uses the first transceiver, the first access network device thinks that the second transceiver is used for the first terminal, thereby reducing the communication failure phenomenon of complex communications with the terminal, and/or reducing the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the first terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the first terminal and extending the standby time of the first terminal.

如图3C所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first access network device and includes:

S2310:接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息;其中,辅助信息,用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机。S2310: Receive auxiliary information sent by a core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息之后,信息处理方法,还包括:In some embodiments, after receiving the auxiliary information sent by the core network device, the information processing method further includes:

向第一终端发送第一消息;第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。A first message is sent to the first terminal; the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

示例性地,如果寻呼概率大于或等于概率阈值,则第一接入网设备可以利用第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机;或者,Exemplarily, if the paging probability is greater than or equal to the probability threshold, the first access network device may use the first message to instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver; or,

如果寻呼概率小于概率阈值,则第一接入网设备可以利用第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发 机。If the paging probability is less than the probability threshold, the first access network device may use the first message to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver machine.

在寻呼概率较大时,第一消息指示第一终端使用能力更强的第二收发机,可以获得更强的信息处理能力,更快响应寻呼消息。When the paging probability is relatively high, the first message instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.

在寻呼概率较小时,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号更有利于节省功耗。When the paging probability is small, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.

业务属性可包括:描述业务时间特点的属性信息,和/或业务类型。The service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.

如此,业务属性可用于确定当前时段内第一终端被寻呼的概率,或者第一接入网设备需要和第一终端之间的通信概率。被寻呼的概率和通信概率越高,则通过第一消息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。In this way, the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the probability of the first access network device needing to communicate with the first terminal. The higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication, the higher the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message, otherwise the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

不同业务类型具有不同的业务紧急性,若第一终端有签约延时小的业务,则这种业务的业务数据达到就需要及时传输给第一终端,则此时通过第一消息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Different service types have different service urgency. If the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定第一终端的终端分组,因此,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.

分组信息包括分组ID。The group information includes a group ID.

如果分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the group information points to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group in which the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据第一消息的指示被动确定第一收发机或第二收发机。或者,第一终端还可以主动确定第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, the first terminal may passively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to an instruction of the first message. Alternatively, the first terminal may also actively determine the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一终端可以根据协议规定或通信需要,主动确定开启第一收发机或第二收发机。在一些实施例中,寻呼概率与第一终端使用第二收发机的概率呈正相关关系。Exemplarily, the first terminal may actively determine to turn on the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to protocol regulations or communication needs. In some embodiments, the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

一般地,第一终端开机后会注册到核心网设备注册,在第一终端的注册过程中,核心网设备会存储第一终端上报的信息及核心网设备为第一终端分配的分组信息,第一终端上报的信息和分组信息共同构成辅助信息。Generally, after the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.

辅助信息来自核心网设备,基于辅助信息发送第一消息,可以提高第一消息指示的收发机类型与第一终端在离开连接态前所使用的收发机类型一致性,提高了第一接入网设备决策准确性。The auxiliary information comes from the core network device. Sending the first message based on the auxiliary information can improve the consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.

辅助信息也可以来自终端。比如第一终端将自身的辅助信息通知给第一接入网设备。The auxiliary information may also come from the terminal. For example, the first terminal notifies the first access network device of its own auxiliary information.

如图3D所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3D , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:

S2410:向核心网设备发送第三消息;其中,第三消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。S2410: Send a third message to the core network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一接入网设备接收到第二消息后,向核心网设备发送第三消息。In some embodiments, after receiving the second message, the first access network device sends a third message to the core network device.

在一些实施例中,如果第一接入网设备没有收到第二消息,第一接入网设备可根据约定向核心网设备发送第三消息。例如:如果第一接入网设备没有收到第二消息,第一接入网设备可以向核心 网设备发送指示第一终端使用第二收发机的第三消息。In some embodiments, if the first access network device does not receive the second message, the first access network device may send a third message to the core network device according to the agreement. The network device sends a third message instructing the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,核心网设备根据第三消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机后,核心网设备可以在本地记录第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。从而后续需要呼叫第一终端时,核心网设备可以根据本地记载确定寻呼机制。In some embodiments, after the core network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the third message, the core network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Thus, when the first terminal needs to be called later, the core network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the local record.

可选地,第一接入网设备通过发送第三消息,可以使核心网设备知晓第一终端当前使用的收发机,进而根据第一终端当前使用的收发机,采用适配的方式寻呼终端,或者指示接入网设备采用适配的方式和第一终端进行通信,从而提升寻呼成功率和/或通信质量。Optionally, the first access network device can send a third message to let the core network device know the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, and then page the terminal in an adapted manner according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, or instruct the access network device to communicate with the first terminal in an adapted manner, thereby improving the paging success rate and/or communication quality.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括:第一终端的释放上下文完成消息(Context Release Complete message),和/或,RRC非激活态转换报告(RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT)。In some embodiments, the third message includes: a context release completion message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal, and/or an RRC inactive state transition report (RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT).

第一终端的释放上下文完成消息(Context Release Complete message)指示:第一终端进入非连接态。The Context Release Complete message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal indicates that the first terminal enters a non-connected state.

RRC非激活态转换报告用于:第一接入网设备告知核心网设备终端当前处于非激活态或者进入到非激活态。The RRC inactive state transition report is used for: the first access network device to inform the core network device that the terminal is currently in an inactive state or is entering an inactive state.

如果第三消息为第一终端的释放上下文完成消息和/或RRC非激活态转换报告,第一接入网设备无需构造专门的消息告知核心网设备第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,而是复用释放上下文完成消息和/或RRC非激活态转换报告,与相关技术的兼容性高,实现简便。If the third message is the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report of the first terminal, the first access network device does not need to construct a special message to inform the core network device that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexes the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is easy to implement.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一小区信息,指示第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state;

第二指示信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一小区信息包括第一小区列表。第一小区信息包括一个或多个第一小区的小区标识、驻留时长等。其中,小区标识包括小区ID(Identification)。驻留时长可以是单次驻留的时长或多次驻留的平均时长。Exemplarily, the first cell information includes a first cell list. The first cell information includes cell identifiers, dwell durations, etc. of one or more first cells. The cell identifier includes a cell ID (Identification). The dwell duration may be a single dwell duration or an average dwell duration of multiple dwells.

小区的ID例如包括物理小区ID(PCI,Physical Cell Identifier)。The cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).

通过第一小区信息,可以使核心网设备知晓第一终端在离开连接态后,第一终端进入非连接态前最后使用的一个或多个小区,便于核心网设备在寻呼第一终端时,优先在第一小区信息指向的小区寻呼,有利于提高寻呼效率。Through the first cell information, the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the first terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the non-connected state. This makes it easier for the core network device to give priority to paging the cell pointed to by the first cell information when paging the first terminal, which is conducive to improving paging efficiency.

通过第三消息中的第二指示信息,可以确定使核心网设备知晓第一终端使用第一收发机还是第二收发机。Through the second indication information in the third message, it can be determined that the core network device knows whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,如果第三消息包括第一小区信息,而不包括第二指示信息,核心网设备可以根据约定确定第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, if the third message includes the first cell information but does not include the second indication information, the core network device may determine that the first terminal uses the second transceiver according to the agreement.

示例性地,对于终端而言,终端最后使用的小区(last-used cell)定义为:在该小区中,终端最近收到未携带有“noLastCellUpdate”标记的RRC释放消息。Exemplarily, for a terminal, the cell last used by the terminal (last-used cell) is defined as: the cell in which the terminal recently received an RRC release message that does not carry a "noLastCellUpdate" flag.

如图3E所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括: As shown in FIG. 3E , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a first access network device and includes:

S2510:接收核心网设备发送的寻呼信令;其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼的第二终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;第三指示信息,指示第二终端是否使用第一收发机。S2510: Receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,针对空闲态的被寻呼的第二终端,第一接入网设备位于被寻呼的第二终端的最后驻留的跟踪区域TA(Tracking Area),针对非激活态的被寻呼的第二终端,第一网络设备位于被寻呼的第二终端最后驻留的无线通知区(Radio Notification Area,RNA)内。Exemplarily, for the paged second terminal in idle state, the first access network device is located in the tracking area TA (Tracking Area) where the paged second terminal last resided; for the paged second terminal in inactive state, the first network device is located in the radio notification area (Radio Notification Area, RNA) where the paged second terminal last resided.

寻呼信令用于通知终端有下行数据到达。Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.

寻呼信令是核心网设备触发的寻呼(paging)。例如,如果处于空闲状态(RRC_IDLE)的第二终端有下行数据到达时,核心网设备会向第一接入网设备下发寻呼信令,由第一接入网设备通知第二终端。Paging signaling is paging triggered by the core network device. For example, if the second terminal in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) has downlink data arriving, the core network device will send the paging signaling to the first access network device, and the first access network device will notify the second terminal.

除了核心网设备,接入网设备也可以触发寻呼。例如:如果处于非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的第二终端有下行数据到达时,第一接入网设备会通过寻呼消息通知第二终端。In addition to core network devices, access network devices can also trigger paging. For example, if a second terminal in an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) has downlink data arriving, the first access network device will notify the second terminal through a paging message.

第一接入网设备是与第一终端建立通信连接的接入网设备。如果第一接入网设备收到除第一终端以外的其他终端的寻呼信令时,第一接入网设备会根据第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息,确定寻呼机制,降低了第一接入网在寻呼被寻呼终端时确定寻呼机制的困难。例如:第一接入网设备根据第二小区信息确定寻呼范围,第一接入网设备根据第三指示信息指示第二终端以哪种收发机接收下行数据。The first access network device is an access network device that establishes a communication connection with the first terminal. If the first access network device receives paging signaling from other terminals except the first terminal, the first access network device will determine the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information, thereby reducing the difficulty of the first access network in determining the paging mechanism when paging the paged terminal. For example: the first access network device determines the paging range according to the second cell information, and the first access network device indicates which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data according to the third indication information.

第二小区信息可用于第一接入网设备确定寻呼第二终端的寻呼范围。The second cell information may be used by the first access network device to determine a paging range for paging the second terminal.

第二小区信息,指示第二终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区。The second cell information indicates one or more first cells that were last used by the second terminal before entering the unconnected state.

通过第二小区信息,可以使核心网设备知晓第二终端在离开连接态后,第二终端进入非连接态前最后使用的一个或多个小区,便于在寻呼第二终端时,优先在第一小区信息指向的小区寻呼,有利于提高寻呼效率。Through the second cell information, the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the second terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the unconnected state. This makes it easier to paging the second terminal by giving priority to the cell pointed to by the first cell information, which is beneficial to improving paging efficiency.

第三指示信息,指示第二终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The third indication information indicates that the second terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

通过第三指示信息,可以使第一接入网设备知晓第二终端使用第一收发机还是第二收发机,进而第一接入网设备与第二终端进行数据交互时,根据第二终端当前使用的收发机与第二终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量,以减少第二终端使用第一收发机时,第一接入网设备以为第二终端使用第二收发机,从而与第二终端进行的复杂通信的通信失败现象,和/或,减少第二终端不必要使用第二收发机时持续使用第二收发机导致的功耗,从而节省了第二终端的功耗并延长了第二终端的待机时长。Through the third indication information, the first access network device can be informed of whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and then when the first access network device exchanges data with the second terminal, it communicates with the second terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the second terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of communication, so as to reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the second terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the second terminal is using the second transceiver when the second terminal uses the first transceiver, and/or reduce the power consumption caused by the second terminal continuing to use the second transceiver when it is unnecessary, thereby saving the power consumption of the second terminal and extending the standby time of the second terminal.

示例性地,第二小区信息包括小区ID。Exemplarily, the second cell information includes a cell ID.

示例性地,第三指示信息包括第二终端的分组信息和/或标志位。其中,标志位,指示第二终端是否使用第一收发机。分组信息指示第二终端使用第一收发机的终端组。Exemplarily, the third indication information includes grouping information and/or a flag bit of the second terminal, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver, and the grouping information indicates the terminal group of the first transceiver used by the second terminal.

在一实施例中,信息处理方法,由第一接入网设备执行,还包括:若第一接入网设备对应的小区包括第二小区,确定在第二小区内寻呼第二终端。 In one embodiment, the information processing method is executed by the first access network device, and further includes: if the cell corresponding to the first access network device includes the second cell, determining to page the second terminal in the second cell.

如果第一接入网设备包括第二小区,优先在第二小区寻呼第二终端,提高寻呼效率和成功率。If the first access network device includes a second cell, the second terminal is paged preferentially in the second cell, thereby improving paging efficiency and success rate.

在一些实施例中,如果第三指示信息指示第二终端使用第一收发机,且第一接入网设备包括第二小区,则第一接入网设备在第二小区使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼第二终端;若第一接入网设备使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼第二终端失败,则使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼第二终端。In some embodiments, if the third indication information indicates that the second terminal uses the first transceiver, and the first access network device includes a second cell, the first access network device uses a power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell to page the second terminal; if the first access network device fails to page the second terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver, the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO is used to page the second terminal.

与第一收发机有关的省电信号包括LP-WUS。The power saving signal associated with the first transceiver includes LP-WUS.

根据第三指示信息,第一接入网设备知晓第二终端使用第一收发机时,会在第二小区优先使用LP-WUS寻呼第二终端,如果基于LP-WUS唤醒第二终端失败,则表明第二终端当前使用第二收发机。因此,在使用LP-WUS寻呼第二终端失败后,再使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼第二终端,可以提高第一接入网设备在第二小区寻呼的成功率。According to the third indication information, when the first access network device knows that the second terminal uses the first transceiver, it will preferentially use LP-WUS to page the second terminal in the second cell. If the second terminal wake-up based on LP-WUS fails, it indicates that the second terminal currently uses the second transceiver. Therefore, after the paging of the second terminal using LP-WUS fails, the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO is used to page the second terminal, which can improve the success rate of the first access network device in paging in the second cell.

在一实施例中,信息处理方法,由第一接入网设备执行,还包括:若在第二小区内寻呼第二终端失败,在第三小区寻呼第二终端。In one embodiment, the information processing method is executed by the first access network device, and further includes: if paging the second terminal in the second cell fails, paging the second terminal in a third cell.

第三小区是除第二小区以外的其他任意小区。例如:第三小区可以是第一接入网设备包括的小区,也可以是第一接入网设备以外的其他接入网设备的小区。再例如:第三小区可以是第二终端进入到非连接态之前,第二终端未曾使用过的小区。The third cell is any cell other than the second cell. For example, the third cell may be a cell included in the first access network device, or a cell of other access network devices other than the first access network device. For another example, the third cell may be a cell that the second terminal has not used before entering the non-connected state.

在一些实施例中,若第一接入网设备在第二小区内使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼第二终端、使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO均寻呼第二终端均失败后,在第三小区寻呼第二终端。In some embodiments, if the first access network device fails to page the second terminal in the second cell using a power saving signal related to the first transceiver, or using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO, the second terminal is paged in a third cell.

在一些实施例中,若第一接入网设备在第二小区内使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼第二终端、使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO均寻呼第二终端均失败后,在第三小区使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼第二终端。In some embodiments, if the first access network device fails to page the second terminal using a power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell, and fails to page the second terminal using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO, it pages the second terminal in a third cell using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,由第一接入网设备执行,包括:In some embodiments, the information processing method is performed by the first access network device, including:

根据寻呼信令,确定发送寻呼消息之前是否发送省电信号。According to the paging signaling, it is determined whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message.

寻呼消息的信息量大于省电信号的信息量。在发送寻呼消息前发送省电信号,使得第二终端监听信息量更小的省电信号,有利于降低被寻呼终端的功耗。The amount of information in the paging message is greater than that in the power saving signal. Sending the power saving signal before sending the paging message allows the second terminal to monitor the power saving signal with a smaller amount of information, which is beneficial to reducing the power consumption of the paged terminal.

而且,省电信号可以用于指示即将有寻呼消息达到,若第二终端监听到省电信号,可以及时为接收寻呼消息做好准确,有利于保证寻呼效率。Moreover, the power saving signal can be used to indicate that a paging message is about to arrive. If the second terminal monitors the power saving signal, it can be prepared to receive the paging message in a timely manner, which is conducive to ensuring paging efficiency.

在一些实施例中,根据寻呼信令,确定发送寻呼消息之前是否发送省电信号,包括:In some embodiments, determining whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message according to the paging signaling includes:

如果寻呼信令中第三指示信息指示第二终端使用第一收发机监听省电信号,可以在发送寻呼消息前发送省电信号;If the third indication information in the paging signaling indicates that the second terminal uses the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, the power saving signal may be sent before sending the paging message;

在发送省电信号之后,发送指示寻呼监听的寻呼提前指示PEI,并在发送PEI之后发送寻呼消息;或者,在发送省电信号之后,发送寻呼消息。After sending the power saving signal, a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring is sent, and a paging message is sent after sending the PEI; or, after sending the power saving signal, a paging message is sent.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,还包括:当第三指示信息表明被寻呼的第二终端使用第二收发机监听省电信号时,发送指示寻呼监听的寻呼提前指示PEI,并在发送PEI之后发送寻呼消息;或者,当第三指示信息表明被寻呼终端使用第二收发机监听省电信号时,发送PEI之后发送寻呼消 息。In some embodiments, the information processing method further includes: when the third indication information indicates that the paged second terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring, and sending a paging message after sending the PEI; or, when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging message after sending the PEI. interest.

如图3F所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 3F , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a first access network device and includes:

S2610:接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息;其中,辅助信息,用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机;S2610: Receive auxiliary information sent by the core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;

S2620:向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机功耗;S2620: Send a first message to the first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver;

S2630:接收第一终端的第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;S2630: Receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver;

S2640:向核心网设备发送第三消息;第三消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;S2640: Send a third message to the core network device; the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver;

S2650:接收核心网设备发送的寻呼信令;其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼的第二终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;所述第三指示信息,指示第二终端是否使用第一收发机。S2650: Receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.

如果第一终端是R16或R17终端,第一终端包括第二收发机,例如:调节解调器modem或主无线收发机(main radio)。以R17终端为例,针对空闲态DRX场景中,省电信号(指PEI)通常配置在PO前面,若终端没有检测到省电信号,则需要跳过(skip)掉寻呼DCI(Paging DCI),否则需要对寻呼(paging)DCI进行监听。针对连接态场景中,引入了PDCCH跳过(PDCCH skipping)机制,即PDCCH跳过将承载在DCI中通知用户跳过一段时间的监听或者进行搜索空间组的切换。If the first terminal is an R16 or R17 terminal, the first terminal includes a second transceiver, such as a modem or a main radio. Taking the R17 terminal as an example, in the idle DRX scenario, the power saving signal (referring to PEI) is usually configured before the PO. If the terminal does not detect the power saving signal, it is necessary to skip the paging DCI (Paging DCI), otherwise it is necessary to monitor the paging DCI. For the connected scenario, the PDCCH skipping mechanism is introduced, that is, the PDCCH skipping will be carried in the DCI to notify the user to skip a period of monitoring or switch the search space group.

如果第一终端是R18终端,第一终端包括第一收发机和第二收发机。可使用第一收发机接收省电信号,而第一终端的第二收发机可以在该第一收发机被唤醒了之后才能被唤醒,否则第二收发机将一直处于休眠(sleep)状态。也就是说,第一终端可以通过使用唤醒信号(WUS)来触发第二收发机,以及,使用第一收发机以超低功耗监测唤醒信号这两种方式实现对省电信号的监听。If the first terminal is an R18 terminal, the first terminal includes a first transceiver and a second transceiver. The first transceiver can be used to receive the power saving signal, and the second transceiver of the first terminal can be awakened only after the first transceiver is awakened, otherwise the second transceiver will always be in a sleep state. That is, the first terminal can monitor the power saving signal by using the wake-up signal (WUS) to trigger the second transceiver, and by using the first transceiver to monitor the wake-up signal with ultra-low power consumption.

本公开实施例通过步骤S2620可以使第一接入网设备知晓第一终端使用收发机的情况,并通过步骤S2640可以使核心网设备知晓第一终端使用收发机的情况,进而,网络设备(包括第一接入网设备和/或核心网设备)可以知晓第一终端离开连接态后使用第一收发机或第二收发机监听省电信号。如此,网络设备在寻呼的时候可以较容易知晓以何种寻呼机制进寻呼第一终端,降低了网络设备的决策的困难。这里,寻呼机制可以理解为:基于第一收发机的寻呼机制,或,基于第二收发机的寻呼机制。The disclosed embodiment can make the first access network device aware of the use of the transceiver by the first terminal through step S2620, and can make the core network device aware of the use of the transceiver by the first terminal through step S2640, and then the network device (including the first access network device and/or the core network device) can know that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal after leaving the connected state. In this way, the network device can easily know which paging mechanism to use to page the first terminal when paging, reducing the difficulty of decision-making of the network device. Here, the paging mechanism can be understood as: a paging mechanism based on the first transceiver, or a paging mechanism based on the second transceiver.

步骤S2610至步骤S2650中任一步骤的可选实现方式可参见上述实施例所述的实现方式,不再赘述。The optional implementation method of any step from step S2610 to step S2650 can refer to the implementation method described in the above embodiment and will not be repeated here.

如图4A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由第二接入网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 4A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is performed by a second access network device and includes:

S3110:接收寻呼信令,其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的小区;第三指示信息,指示 被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。S3110: Receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more cells used by the paging terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates Whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

示例性地,针对空闲态的被寻呼终端,第二接入网设备位于被寻呼终端的最后驻留的跟踪区域TA(Tracking Area),针对非激活态的被寻呼终端,第二网络设备位于被寻呼终端最后驻留的无线通知区(Radio Notification Area,RNA)内。Exemplarily, for a paged terminal in an idle state, the second access network device is located in the last tracking area TA (Tracking Area) where the paged terminal resided; for a paged terminal in an inactive state, the second network device is located in the last radio notification area (Radio Notification Area, RNA) where the paged terminal resided.

如果第二接入网设备收到寻呼信令时,第二接入网设备可以根据第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息,确定寻呼机制,降低了第二接入网在寻呼被寻呼终端时确定寻呼机制的困难。例如:根据寻呼信令的第二小区信息,可以使第二接入网设备确定优先寻呼被寻呼终端的范围,提高寻呼成功率。根据寻呼信令的第三指示信息,第二接入网设备可以指示第二终端以哪种收发机接收下行数据。If the second access network device receives the paging signaling, the second access network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information, thereby reducing the difficulty of the second access network in determining the paging mechanism when paging the paged terminal. For example, according to the second cell information of the paging signaling, the second access network device can determine the range of the paged terminal to be paged first, thereby improving the paging success rate. According to the third indication information of the paging signaling, the second access network device can indicate which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data.

寻呼信令用于通知终端有下行数据到达。Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.

寻呼信令是核心网设备触发的寻呼(paging)。一般地,如果处于空闲状态(RRC_IDLE)的第二终端有下行数据到达时,核心网设备会向接入网设备下发寻呼信令,由第一接入网设备通知第二终端。Paging signaling is paging triggered by a core network device. Generally, if downlink data arrives at a second terminal in an idle state (RRC_IDLE), the core network device sends a paging signaling to an access network device, and the first access network device notifies the second terminal.

核心网设备可以向被寻呼终端跟踪区域TA中的所有接入网设备发送寻呼信令。The core network device may send paging signaling to all access network devices in the tracking area TA of the paged terminal.

除了核心网设备,接入网设备也可以触发寻呼。例如:如果处于非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的第二终端有下行数据到达时,接入网设备会通过寻呼消息通知第二终端。In addition to core network devices, access network devices can also trigger paging. For example, if a second terminal in an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) has downlink data arriving, the access network device will notify the second terminal through a paging message.

接入网设备包括第一接入网和/或第二接入网。The access network device includes a first access network and/or a second access network.

第二接入网设备是未与第一终端建立通信连接的接入网设备。示例性地,第一接入网设备可为第一终端最后一个服务基站,第二接入网设备可为第一终端下一个服务基站的候选基站。The second access network device is an access network device that has not established a communication connection with the first terminal. Exemplarily, the first access network device may be the last serving base station of the first terminal, and the second access network device may be a candidate base station for the next serving base station of the first terminal.

如果第二接入网设备收到寻呼信令时,第二接入网设备会根据第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息,确定寻呼机制。例如:第二接入网设备根据第二小区信息确定寻呼范围,第二接入网设备根据第三指示信息指示第二终端以哪种收发机接收下行数据。If the second access network device receives the paging signaling, the second access network device determines the paging mechanism according to the second cell information and/or the third indication information. For example, the second access network device determines the paging range according to the second cell information, and the second access network device indicates which transceiver the second terminal uses to receive downlink data according to the third indication information.

寻呼信令指示的被寻呼终端可以是上述实施例的第一终端,也可以是第二终端。The paged terminal indicated by the paging signaling may be the first terminal in the above embodiment or the second terminal.

示例性地,第二小区信息包括小区ID。Exemplarily, the second cell information includes a cell ID.

小区的ID例如包括物理小区ID(PCI,Physical Cell Identifier)。The cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).

示例性地,第三指示信息包括被寻呼终端的终端信息、分组信息和标志位中的至少以下。其中,标志位,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。终端信息指示使用所述第一收发机的一个或多个终端。分组信息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机的终端组。Exemplarily, the third indication information includes at least the following of the terminal information, grouping information and flag bit of the paged terminal. The flag bit indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver. The terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver. The grouping information indicates the terminal group using the first transceiver by the paged terminal.

在一些实施例中,在接收寻呼信令之前,核心网设备可以根据接收到的第一接入网设备发送的消息,确定被寻呼终端的第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息。In some embodiments, before receiving the paging signaling, the core network device may determine the second cell information and/or the third indication information of the paged terminal based on the received message sent by the first access network device.

第一接入网设备发送的消息包括第三消息。The message sent by the first access network device includes a third message.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一小区信息,指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the paged terminal before entering the unconnected state;

第二指示信息,指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,在接收寻呼信令之前,第二接入网设备根据辅助信息,确定被寻呼终端使用 第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, before receiving the paging signaling, the second access network device determines the paging terminal to use according to the auxiliary information. The first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在接收寻呼信令之前,第二接入网设备可接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息,也可以接收被寻呼终端发送的辅助信息。Before receiving the paging signaling, the second access network device may receive the auxiliary information sent by the core network device, and may also receive the auxiliary information sent by the paging terminal.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

在一些实施例中,寻呼概率与被寻呼终端使用第二收发机的概率呈正相关关系。In some embodiments, the paging probability is positively correlated with the probability that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver.

示例性地,如果寻呼概率大于或等于概率阈值,则第一消息指示被寻呼终端使用第二收发机;或者,Exemplarily, if the paging probability is greater than or equal to the probability threshold, the first message instructs the paged terminal to use the second transceiver; or,

如果寻呼概率小于概率阈值,则第一消息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机。If the paging probability is less than the probability threshold, the first message instructs the paged terminal to use the first transceiver.

在寻呼概率较大时,第一消息指示被寻呼终端使用能力更强的第二收发机,可以获得更强的信息处理能力,更快响应寻呼消息。When the paging probability is relatively high, the first message instructs the paged terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capabilities, so as to obtain stronger information processing capabilities and respond to the paging message more quickly.

在寻呼概率较小时,第一消息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号更有利于节省功耗。When the paging probability is small, the first message indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.

业务属性可包括:描述业务时间特点的属性信息,和/或业务类型。The service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.

如此,业务属性可用于确定当前时段内被寻呼终端被寻呼的概率,或者第二接入网设备需要和被寻呼终端之间的通信概率。被寻呼的概率和通信概率越高,则第二接入网设备指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机。In this way, the service attribute can be used to determine the probability of the paged terminal being paged in the current period, or the communication probability between the second access network device and the paged terminal. The higher the probability of being paged and the communication probability, the higher the probability that the second access network device instructs the terminal to use the second transceiver, otherwise the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

不同业务类型具有不同的业务紧急性,若被寻呼终端有签约延时小的业务,则这种业务的业务数据达到就需要及时传输给被寻呼终端,则此时通过第一消息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机。Different service types have different service urgency. If the paged terminal has signed a service with a short delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the paged terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the probability of instructing the terminal to use the second transceiver through the first message is higher. Otherwise, the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

通常情况下,根据终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于确定被寻呼终端的终端分组,因此,可以根据分组信息,通过第一消息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to their device types and/or contracted services. Terminals in different groups have different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies, etc. Therefore, the grouping information can be used to determine the terminal group of the paged terminal. Therefore, the paged terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver through the first message according to the grouping information.

分组信息包括分组ID。The group information includes a group ID.

示例性地,终端信息包括终端的UEID和/或UE类型信息等。Exemplarily, the terminal information includes UEID and/or UE type information of the terminal.

如果分组信息指向被寻呼终端所在的终端分组,则寻呼信令指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向被寻呼终端所在的终端分组,则寻呼信令指示被寻呼终端使用第二收发机。If the group information points to the terminal group where the paged terminal is located, the paging signaling instructs the paged terminal to use the first transceiver. If the group information does not point to the terminal group where the paged terminal is located, the paging signaling instructs the paged terminal to use the second transceiver.

在一实施例中,信息处理方法,由第二接入网设备执行,还包括:若第二接入网设备对应的小区包括第二小区,确定在第二小区内寻呼被寻呼终端。In one embodiment, the information processing method is executed by the second access network device, and further includes: if the cell corresponding to the second access network device includes the second cell, determining to page the paged terminal in the second cell.

如果第二接入网设备包括第二小区,优先在第二小区寻呼被寻呼终端,可以无需向第二小区以外的其他小区发送寻呼消息,有利于减少第二接入网设备的信令开销,提高寻呼效率。If the second access network device includes a second cell, the paged terminal is paged preferentially in the second cell, and there is no need to send a paging message to other cells other than the second cell, which is beneficial to reducing the signaling overhead of the second access network device and improving the paging efficiency.

在一些实施例中,如果第三指示信息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机,且第二接入网设备包括第二小区,则第二接入网设备在第二小区使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼被寻呼终端;若第 二接入网设备使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼被寻呼终端失败,则使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼被寻呼终端。In some embodiments, if the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, and the second access network device includes a second cell, the second access network device uses the power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell to page the paged terminal; ... If the second access network device fails to page the paged terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver, the second access network device uses the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO to page the paged terminal.

与第一收发机有关的省电信号包括LP-WUS。The power saving signal associated with the first transceiver includes LP-WUS.

根据第三指示信息,第二接入网设备知晓被寻呼终端使用第一收发机时,会在第二小区优先使用LP-WUS寻呼被寻呼终端,如果基于LP-WUS唤醒被寻呼终端失败,则表明被寻呼终端当前使用第二收发机。因此,在使用LP-WUS寻呼被寻呼终端失败后,再使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼被寻呼终端,可以提高第二接入网设备在第二小区寻呼的成功率。According to the third indication information, when the second access network device knows that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, it will preferentially use LP-WUS to page the paged terminal in the second cell. If the paged terminal wake-up based on LP-WUS fails, it indicates that the paged terminal is currently using the second transceiver. Therefore, after the paged terminal fails to be paged using LP-WUS, the paged terminal is paged using the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO, which can improve the success rate of the second access network device in the second cell.

在一实施例中,信息处理方法,由第二接入网设备执行,还包括:若在第二小区内寻呼被寻呼终端失败,在第三小区寻呼被寻呼终端。In one embodiment, the information processing method is executed by the second access network device, and further includes: if paging the paged terminal in the second cell fails, paging the paged terminal in a third cell.

第三小区是除第二小区以外的其他任意小区。例如:第三小区可以是第二接入网设备包括的小区,也可以是第二接入网设备以外的其他接入网设备的小区。再例如:第三小区可以是被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前,被寻呼终端未曾使用过的小区。The third cell is any cell other than the second cell. For example, the third cell may be a cell included in the second access network device, or a cell of other access network devices other than the second access network device. For another example, the third cell may be a cell that has not been used by the paging terminal before the paging terminal enters the non-connected state.

在一些实施例中,若第二接入网设备在第二小区内使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼被寻呼终端、使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO均寻呼被寻呼终端均失败后,在第三小区寻呼被寻呼终端。In some embodiments, if the second access network device fails to page the paged terminal using a power saving signal related to the first transceiver or using a paging advance indication PEI or a paging time PO in the second cell, the paged terminal is paged in a third cell.

在一些实施例中,若第二接入网设备在第二小区内使用与第一收发机有关的省电信号寻呼被寻呼终端、使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO均寻呼被寻呼终端均失败后,在第三小区使用寻呼提前指示PEI或寻呼时刻PO寻呼被寻呼终端。In some embodiments, if the second access network device fails to page the paged terminal using the power saving signal related to the first transceiver in the second cell, and fails to page the paged terminal using the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO, it uses the paging advance indication PEI or the paging time PO in the third cell to page the paged terminal.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,由第二接入网设备执行,包括:In some embodiments, the information processing method is performed by the second access network device, including:

根据寻呼信令,确定发送寻呼消息之前是否发送省电信号。According to the paging signaling, it is determined whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message.

寻呼消息的信息量大于省电信号的信息量。在发送寻呼消息前发送省电信号,使得被寻呼终端监听信息量更小的省电信号,有利于降低被寻呼终端的功耗。The information volume of the paging message is greater than that of the power saving signal. Sending the power saving signal before sending the paging message allows the paged terminal to monitor the power saving signal with a smaller information volume, which is beneficial to reducing the power consumption of the paged terminal.

而且,省电信号可以用于指示即将有寻呼消息达到,若被寻呼终端监听到省电信号,可以及时为接收寻呼消息做好准确,有利于保证寻呼效率。Moreover, the power saving signal can be used to indicate that a paging message is about to arrive. If the paging terminal monitors the power saving signal, it can be prepared to receive the paging message in time, which is conducive to ensuring paging efficiency.

在一些实施例中,根据寻呼信令,确定发送寻呼消息之前是否发送省电信号,包括:In some embodiments, determining whether to send a power saving signal before sending a paging message according to the paging signaling includes:

如果寻呼信令中第三指示信息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机监听省电信号,可以在发送寻呼消息前发送省电信号;If the third indication information in the paging signaling indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, the power saving signal may be sent before sending the paging message;

在发送省电信号之后,发送指示寻呼监听的寻呼提前指示PEI,并在发送PEI之后发送寻呼消息;或者,在发送省电信号之后,发送寻呼消息。After sending the power saving signal, a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring is sent, and a paging message is sent after sending the PEI; or, after sending the power saving signal, a paging message is sent.

在一些实施例中,信息处理方法,还包括:当第三指示信息表明被寻呼终端使用第二收发机监听省电信号时,发送指示寻呼监听的寻呼提前指示PEI,并在发送PEI之后发送寻呼消息;或者,当第三指示信息表明被寻呼终端使用第二收发机监听省电信号时,发送PEI之后发送寻呼消息。In some embodiments, the information processing method further includes: when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending a paging advance indication PEI indicating paging monitoring, and sending a paging message after sending the PEI; or, when the third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver to monitor the power saving signal, sending the paging message after sending the PEI.

如图5A所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由核心网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG5A, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:

S4110:向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,辅助信息用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第 一终端使用第一收发机;S4110: Send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first access network device to A terminal uses a first transceiver;

第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。The power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一接入网设备接收到辅助信息后,第一接入网设备基于辅助信息向第一终端发送第一消息;第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, after the first access network device receives the auxiliary information, the first access network device sends a first message to the first terminal based on the auxiliary information; the first message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

一般地,第一终端开机后会注册到核心网设备注册,在第一终端的注册过程中,核心网设备会存储第一终端上报的信息及核心网设备为第一终端分配的分组信息,第一终端上报的信息和分组信息共同构成辅助信息。Generally, after the first terminal is turned on, it will register with the core network device. During the registration process of the first terminal, the core network device will store the information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information allocated by the core network device to the first terminal. The information reported by the first terminal and the grouping information together constitute auxiliary information.

示例性地,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:Exemplarily, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

示例性地,如果寻呼概率大于或等于概率阈值,则第一接入网设备可以基于寻呼概率指示第一终端使用第二收发机;或者,Exemplarily, if the paging probability is greater than or equal to the probability threshold, the first access network device may instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver based on the paging probability; or,

如果寻呼概率小于概率阈值,则第一接入网设备可以基于寻呼概率指示第一终端使用第一收发机。If the paging probability is less than the probability threshold, the first access network device may instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver based on the paging probability.

在寻呼概率较大时,第一接入网设备基于寻呼概率指示第一终端使用能力更强的第二收发机,可以获得更强的信息处理能力,更快响应寻呼消息。When the paging probability is relatively high, the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use a second transceiver with stronger capability based on the paging probability, so as to obtain stronger information processing capability and respond to the paging message more quickly.

在寻呼概率较小时,第一接入网设备基于寻呼概率指示第一终端使用第一收发机接收省电信号更有利于节省功耗。When the paging probability is small, the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver to receive the power saving signal based on the paging probability, which is more conducive to saving power consumption.

业务属性可包括:描述业务时间特点的属性信息,和/或业务类型。The service attributes may include: attribute information describing the time characteristics of the service, and/or the service type.

如此,业务属性可用于第一接入网设备确定当前时段内第一终端被寻呼的概率,或者第一接入网设备需要和第一终端之间的通信概率。被寻呼的概率和通信概率越高,则第一接入网设备基于辅助信息指示终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则第一接入网设备可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。In this way, the service attribute can be used by the first access network device to determine the probability of the first terminal being paged in the current period, or the probability of the first access network device needing to communicate with the first terminal. The higher the probability of being paged and the probability of communication, the higher the probability that the first access network device instructs the terminal to use the second transceiver based on the auxiliary information, otherwise the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

不同业务类型具有不同的业务紧急性,若第一终端有签约延时小的业务,则这种业务的业务数据达到就需要及时传输给第一终端,则此时第一接入网设备基于辅助信息可指示第一终端使用第二收发机的概率越高,否则可指示第一终端使用第一收发机。Different service types have different service urgency. If the first terminal has a service with a short contract delay, the service data of this service needs to be transmitted to the first terminal in a timely manner. At this time, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the second transceiver based on the auxiliary information. Otherwise, the first terminal can be instructed to use the first transceiver.

通常情况下,根据第一终端的设备类型和/或签约业务进行终端分组。第一终端在不同分组,则具有不同的寻呼概率和/或寻呼频次等,因此,分组信息可以用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端的终端分组,因此,第一接入网设备可以根据分组信息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Typically, the terminals are grouped according to the device type and/or the contracted service of the first terminal. The first terminal has different paging probabilities and/or paging frequencies in different groups, so the grouping information can be used by the first access network device to determine the terminal group of the first terminal. Therefore, the first access network device can instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the grouping information.

分组信息包括分组ID。The group information includes a group ID.

如果分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一接入网设备通过第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机。如果分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组,则第一消息指示第一终端使用第二收发机。If the grouping information points to the terminal group where the first terminal is located, the first access network device instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver through a first message. If the grouping information does not point to the terminal group where the first terminal is located, the first message instructs the first terminal to use the second transceiver.

核心网设备向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息,第一接入网设备可以基于辅助信息发送第一消息, 可以提高第一消息指示的收发机类型与第一终端在离开连接态前所使用的收发机类型一致性,提高了第一接入网设备决策准确性。The core network device sends auxiliary information to the first access network device, and the first access network device may send a first message based on the auxiliary information. The consistency between the transceiver type indicated by the first message and the transceiver type used by the first terminal before leaving the connection state can be improved, thereby improving the decision accuracy of the first access network device.

如图5B所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由核心网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 5B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:

S4210:接收第一接入网设备发送的第三消息;其中,所第三消息指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。S4210: Receive a third message sent by the first access network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,核心网设备根据第三消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机后,核心网设备可以在本地记录第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。从而后续需要呼叫第一终端时,核心网设备可以根据本地记载确定寻呼机制。In some embodiments, after the core network device determines that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the third message, the core network device can locally record that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. Thus, when the first terminal needs to be called later, the core network device can determine the paging mechanism according to the local record.

可选地,核心网设备通过接收第三消息,可以使核心网设备知晓第一终端当前使用的收发机,进而根据第一终端当前使用的收发机,采用适配的方式寻呼终端,或者指示接入网设备采用适配的方式和第一终端进行通信,从而提升寻呼成功率和/或通信质量。Optionally, by receiving the third message, the core network device can make the core network device aware of the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, and then page the terminal in an adapted manner according to the transceiver currently used by the first terminal, or instruct the access network device to communicate with the first terminal in an adapted manner, thereby improving the paging success rate and/or communication quality.

在一些实施例中,第三消息,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一终端的释放上下文完成消息;A release context completion message of the first terminal;

RRC非激活态转换报告。RRC inactive state transition report.

第一终端的释放上下文完成消息(Context Release Complete message)指示:第一终端进入非连接态。The Context Release Complete message (Context Release Complete message) of the first terminal indicates that the first terminal enters a non-connected state.

RRC非激活态转换报告用于:第一接入网设备告知核心网设备终端当前处于非激活态或者进入到非激活态。The RRC inactive state transition report is used for: the first access network device to inform the core network device that the terminal is currently in an inactive state or is entering an inactive state.

如果第三消息为第一终端的释放上下文完成消息和/或RRC非激活态转换报告,第一接入网设备无需构造专门的消息告知核心网设备第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,而是复用释放上下文完成消息和/或RRC非激活态转换报告,与相关技术的兼容性高,实现简便。If the third message is the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report of the first terminal, the first access network device does not need to construct a special message to inform the core network device that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, but multiplexes the context release completion message and/or the RRC inactive state transition report, which has high compatibility with related technologies and is easy to implement.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一小区信息,指示第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state;

第二指示信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,第一小区信息包括第一小区列表。第一小区信息包括一个或多个第一小区的小区标识、驻留时长等。其中,小区标识包括小区ID(Identification)。驻留时长可以是单次驻留的时长或多次驻留的平均时长。Exemplarily, the first cell information includes a first cell list. The first cell information includes cell identifiers, dwell durations, etc. of one or more first cells. The cell identifier includes a cell ID (Identification). The dwell duration may be a single dwell duration or an average dwell duration of multiple dwells.

小区的ID例如包括物理小区ID(PCI,Physical Cell Identifier)。The cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).

通过第一小区信息,可以使核心网设备知晓第一终端在离开连接态后,第一终端进入非连接态前最后使用的一个或多个小区,便于核心网设备在寻呼第一终端时,优先在第一小区信息指向的小区寻呼,有利于提高寻呼效率。Through the first cell information, the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the first terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the non-connected state. This makes it easier for the core network device to give priority to paging the cell pointed to by the first cell information when paging the first terminal, which is conducive to improving paging efficiency.

通过第三消息中的第二指示信息,可以确定使核心网设备知晓第一终端使用第一收发机还是第二收发机。Through the second indication information in the third message, it can be determined that the core network device knows whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

示例性地,如果第三消息包括第一小区信息,而不包括第二指示信息,核心网设备可以根据约 定确定第一终端使用第二收发机。Exemplarily, if the third message includes the first cell information but does not include the second indication information, the core network device may It is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

如图5C所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,其中,由核心网设备执行,方法包括:As shown in FIG. 5C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing method, which is executed by a core network device and includes:

S4310:发送寻呼信令;其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;第三指示信息,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。S4310: Send paging signaling; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged terminal enters the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中:步骤S4310包括:核心网设备向第一接入网设备和/或第二接入网设备发送寻呼信令。In some embodiments: step S4310 includes: the core network device sends a paging signaling to the first access network device and/or the second access network device.

寻呼信令用于通知终端有下行数据到达。Paging signaling is used to notify the terminal that downlink data has arrived.

寻呼信令是核心网设备触发的寻呼(paging)。例如,如果处于空闲状态(RRC_IDLE)的第二终端有下行数据到达时,核心网设备会向第一接入网设备下发寻呼信令,由第一接入网设备通知第二终端。Paging signaling is paging triggered by the core network device. For example, if the second terminal in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) has downlink data arriving, the core network device will send the paging signaling to the first access network device, and the first access network device will notify the second terminal.

第二小区信息可用于第一接入网设备和/或第二接入网设备等接入网设备确定寻呼被寻呼终端的寻呼范围。The second cell information may be used by access network devices such as the first access network device and/or the second access network device to determine a paging range for paging the paged terminal.

第二小区信息,指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区。The second cell information indicates one or more first cells that were last used by the paged terminal before the terminal entered the unconnected state.

通过第二小区信息,可以使核心网设备知晓被寻呼终端在离开连接态后,被寻呼终端进入非连接态前最后使用的一个或多个小区,便于在寻呼第一终端时,优先在第一小区信息指向的小区寻呼,有利于提高寻呼效率。Through the second cell information, the core network device can know the one or more cells last used by the paged terminal after leaving the connected state and before entering the unconnected state, so that when paging the first terminal, the cell pointed to by the first cell information is prioritized, which is beneficial to improving paging efficiency.

第三指示信息,指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The third indication information indicates that the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

通过第三指示信息,可以使第一接入网设备知晓被寻呼终端使用第一收发机还是第二收发机,进而第一接入网设备与被寻呼终端进行数据交互时,根据被寻呼终端当前使用的收发机与被寻呼终端通信,确保通信的成功率和/或通信质量,以减少被寻呼终端使用第一收发机时,第一接入网设备以为被寻呼终端使用第二收发机,从而与被寻呼终端进行的复杂通信的通信失败现象,和/或,减少被寻呼终端不必要使用第二收发机时持续使用第二收发机导致的功耗,从而节省了被寻呼终端的功耗并延长了被寻呼终端的待机时长。Through the third indication information, the first access network device can be informed of whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and then when the first access network device exchanges data with the paged terminal, it communicates with the paged terminal according to the transceiver currently used by the paged terminal to ensure the success rate and/or communication quality of communication, so as to reduce the phenomenon of communication failure in complex communications with the paged terminal due to the first access network device thinking that the paged terminal uses the second transceiver when the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, and/or reduce the power consumption caused by the continuous use of the second transceiver when the paged terminal does not need to use the second transceiver, thereby saving the power consumption of the paged terminal and extending the standby time of the paged terminal.

示例性地,第二小区信息包括小区ID。Exemplarily, the second cell information includes a cell ID.

小区的ID例如包括物理小区ID(PCI,Physical Cell Identifier)。The cell ID includes, for example, the physical cell ID (PCI, Physical Cell Identifier).

示例性地,第三指示信息包括被寻呼终端的分组信息和/或标志位。其中,标志位,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。分组信息指示被寻呼终端使用第一收发机的终端组。Exemplarily, the third indication information includes grouping information and/or a flag bit of the paged terminal, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver, and the grouping information indicates the terminal group of the paged terminal using the first transceiver.

如图5D所示,本公开实施例提供了一种信息处理方法,方法包括:As shown in FIG5D , the present disclosure provides an information processing method, the method comprising:

步骤S4410:基站指示非连接态的用户使用单独的收发机(例如:LP-WUS接收机)的工作方式;Step S4410: the base station instructs the non-connected user to use a separate transceiver (eg, LP-WUS receiver) to work;

a)其单独的收发机用于接收低功率唤醒信号(Low power WUS),该唤醒信号用于唤醒主无线收发机(main radio)。a) Its separate transceiver is used to receive a low power wake-up signal (Low power WUS), which is used to wake up the main wireless transceiver (main radio).

b)该指示信息可以为显示指示方式: b) The indication information may be a display indication method:

比如一个标志位(flag),即指示终端是否采用该工作方式;若不携带,则意味着为遗留(legacy)工作机制中不使用LP-WUS接收机的机制;For example, a flag indicates whether the terminal adopts this working mode; if it is not carried, it means that the LP-WUS receiver is not used in the legacy working mechanism;

c)该指示信息可以为隐示指示方式,例如:基站分配终端监听LP-WUS的相关配置则意味着基站指示非连接态的用户使用单独的收发机工作:c) The indication information may be an implicit indication, for example: the base station assigns the terminal to monitor the relevant configuration of LP-WUS, which means that the base station instructs the non-connected user to work with a separate transceiver:

比如:该指示信息为一个分组ID;其为基站分配的一个监听LP-WUS的分组或者基站分配的一个用于监听LP-WUS的终端特定标识(UE ID);For example, the indication information is a group ID, which is a group assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS or a terminal specific identifier (UE ID) assigned by the base station to monitor LP-WUS.

d)该指示消息为RRC释放消息;d) The indication message is an RRC release message;

e)若终端收到指示使用单独的收发机(LP-WUS接收机)的工作方式的指示,将主收发机进入深度休眠状态;e) if the terminal receives an instruction to use a separate transceiver (LP-WUS receiver) operating mode, the main transceiver is put into a deep sleep state;

f)若终端收到使用单独的收发机(LP-WUS接收机)的工作方式的指示,将主无线收发机进入深度休眠状态;此时接入层相关配置依然保存,并且运行的定时器(timer)依然运行。此时终端无需进行寻呼,系统消息监听等接入层操作。f) If the terminal receives an instruction to use a separate transceiver (LP-WUS receiver), the main wireless transceiver enters a deep sleep state; at this time, the access layer configuration is still saved, and the running timer (timer) is still running. At this time, the terminal does not need to perform access layer operations such as paging and system message monitoring.

主收发机为上述主无线收发机(main radio)。The main transceiver is the main wireless transceiver (main radio) mentioned above.

步骤S4420:基于步骤S4410,基站将基于核心网辅助信息来确定是否将指示非连接态的用户使用单独的收发机的工作方式:Step S4420: Based on step S4410, the base station determines whether to instruct the non-connected user to use a separate transceiver based on the core network auxiliary information:

a)核心网指示信息包括终端上报的寻呼概率/业务属性(业务到达周期,到达时间等);a) The core network indication information includes the paging probability/service attributes (service arrival period, arrival time, etc.) reported by the terminal;

b)核心网指示信息包括为终端分配的基于CN-based分组方式提供的subgroup ID;b) The core network indication information includes the subgroup ID provided by the CN-based grouping method allocated to the terminal;

基站若判决终端的寻呼概率较高或者即将有业务达到,可以不将终端指示到进入LP-WUS监听状态。If the base station determines that the paging probability of the terminal is high or a service is about to arrive, the terminal may not be instructed to enter the LP-WUS listening state.

核心网可以为上述实施例所述的核心网设备。用户可以为上述实施例所述的终端(用户设备,UE,user equipment)。The core network may be the core network device described in the above embodiment. The user may be the terminal (user equipment, UE) described in the above embodiment.

步骤S4430:基于步骤S4410,基站需要收到非连接态的用户的显示确认才认为终端在使用单独的收发机的指示消息:Step S4430: Based on step S4410, the base station needs to receive a display confirmation from a user in a non-connected state before it considers that the terminal is using an indication message of a separate transceiver:

c)该指示消息用于通知网络该终端将使用单独的收发机处于监听状态而关闭主收发机或休眠主收发机;此处的主收发机可为前述的第二收发机。c) The indication message is used to inform the network that the terminal will use a separate transceiver in a listening state and turn off the main transceiver or put the main transceiver into sleep mode; the main transceiver here may be the aforementioned second transceiver.

d)该确认消息可以为终端在收到RRC释放消息之后发送的RLC AM模式的ACK指示;d) The confirmation message may be an ACK indication of the RLC AM mode sent by the terminal after receiving the RRC release message;

步骤S4440:基于步骤S4410,基站将终端在使用单独的收发机的指示消息通知给核心网:Step S4440: Based on step S4410, the base station notifies the core network of an indication message that the terminal is using a separate transceiver:

e)该通知消息为UE释放消息给核心网;其中可以携带最近使用的小区(cell)的清单(list),包括终端最后使用的小区(last-used cell)和/或终端在使用单独的收发机的指示信息(即步骤S4410中的b和c)。此时核心网将保存该信息,用于下次寻呼用户的参考。其中,终端在使用单独的收发机的指示信息包括显示指示信息或者隐示指示信息。e) The notification message is a UE release message to the core network; it may carry a list of recently used cells, including the last-used cell of the terminal and/or the indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver (i.e., b and c in step S4410). At this time, the core network will save the information for reference when paging the user next time. The indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver includes display indication information or implicit indication information.

作为一个实施例;显示指示信息即终端是否在使用单独的收发机一个显示指示;该信息将保存在核心网用于下次寻呼用户的参考。As an embodiment, the display indication information is a display indication of whether the terminal is using a separate transceiver; the information will be stored in the core network for reference in the next paging user.

作为一个实施例;隐示指示信息即基站给终端分配的终端是否在使用单独的收发机隐含指示; 比如基站为终端监听LP-WUS的分配的相关配置,比如基站分配的一个监听LP-WUS的分组或者基站分配的一个用于监听LP-WUS的特定终端标识(UEID)。该信息将保存在核心网用于下次寻呼用户的参考。As an embodiment; the implicit indication information is an implicit indication of whether the terminal assigned by the base station to the terminal is using a separate transceiver; For example, the base station allocates relevant configurations for the terminal to monitor LP-WUS, such as a group allocated by the base station to monitor LP-WUS or a specific terminal identifier (UEID) allocated by the base station for monitoring LP-WUS. This information will be stored in the core network for reference when paging the user next time.

作为一个实施例,支持LP-WUS监听的gNBs在NG-AP(NG协议接口,Protocol for NG Interface)终端上下文释放完成消息中,向接入与移动性管理功能AMF提供具有LP-WUS能力的用户(UEs)最后使用小区的信息。As an embodiment, gNBs supporting LP-WUS monitoring provide the access and mobility management function AMF with information on the last used cell of users (UEs) with LP-WUS capability in the NG-AP (NG Protocol Interface) terminal context release completion message.

f)对于非激活态用户,该通知消息携带在发送到核心网的RRC非激活态转换报告(RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT)消息中给核心网;其中可以携带最近使用的cell的list+终端在使用单独的收发机的指示。f) For inactive users, the notification message is carried in the RRC INACTIVE TRANSITION REPORT message sent to the core network; it may carry a list of recently used cells + an indication that the terminal is using a separate transceiver.

步骤S4450:基于步骤S4420,核心网将终端在使用单独的收发机的指示信息通知给基站:Step S4450: Based on step S4420, the core network notifies the base station of the indication information that the terminal is using a separate transceiver:

g)该通知消息将携带在寻呼消息(CN paging)中;g) The notification message will be carried in the paging message (CN paging);

h)其中还可以携带使用单独收发机的终端最后使用的小区(last-used cell)。h) It can also carry the last-used cell of a terminal using a separate transceiver.

I)其中还可以携带之前保存的从基站获取到的步骤S4420中e)中描述的显示指示信息或者隐示指示信息。I) It may also carry the display indication information or implicit indication information described in step S4420 e) that was previously stored and obtained from the base station.

基站将基于核心网信息,决定是否在当前基站对用户发起寻呼的时候是否发送寻呼的方式;The base station will decide whether to send a paging message when the current base station initiates a paging message to the user based on the core network information;

作为一种实施例:基站从核心网的CN paging消息中识别对于该寻呼用户是否在使用单独的收发机的状态,若是,则根据如下策略判决需要发起寻呼的范围:As an embodiment: the base station identifies from the CN paging message of the core network whether the paging user is using a separate transceiver. If so, the base station determines the scope of the paging to be initiated according to the following strategy:

若终端在使用单独的收发机的状态,则基站在终端最后使用的小区(last-used cell)优先发起LP-WUS信号寻呼用户(此时可能使用从核心网获得的之前基站分配的一个监听LP-WUS的分组或者基站分配的一个用于监听LP-WUS的特定终端标识用于LP-WUS寻呼);若寻呼失败,再根据终端能力发起PEI寻呼或者PO寻呼(此时认为终端在用main收发机监听);(使用LP-WUS仅仅限制在终端没有进行小区重选);If the terminal is using a separate transceiver, the base station will preferentially initiate LP-WUS signal paging to the user in the last-used cell of the terminal (at this time, a group for monitoring LP-WUS obtained from the core network or a specific terminal identifier for monitoring LP-WUS assigned by the base station may be used for LP-WUS paging); if paging fails, PEI paging or PO paging is initiated according to the terminal capability (at this time, it is considered that the terminal is monitoring with the main transceiver); (The use of LP-WUS is limited only when the terminal does not reselect a cell);

若终端在使用单独的收发机的状态,则基站在终端最后使用的小区(last-used cell)经过以上步骤没有寻呼到用户,需要在其他非终端最后使用的小区(非last-used cell),则发起PEI寻呼或者PO寻呼(此时认为终端在用主(main)收发机监听);If the terminal is using a separate transceiver, and the base station fails to page the user in the last-used cell of the terminal after the above steps, it needs to initiate PEI paging or PO paging in other cells other than the last-used cell of the terminal (not the last-used cell) (at this time, it is considered that the terminal is monitoring with the main transceiver);

作为一个实施例:对于终端而言,其最后使用的小区(last-used cell)定义为:在该小区中,终端(UE)最近收到未携带有“noLastCellUpdate”标记的RRC释放消息。As an embodiment: for a terminal, its last-used cell (last-used cell) is defined as: in this cell, the terminal (UE) recently received an RRC release message that does not carry a "noLastCellUpdate" mark.

作为一个实施例:对于终端而言,其最后使用的小区(last-used cell)定义为:在该小区中,终端(UE)最近收到RRC释放消息。As an embodiment: for a terminal, its last-used cell is defined as: the cell in which the terminal (UE) most recently received an RRC release message.

作为一种实施例,终端需要保存最后使用的小区。As an embodiment, the terminal needs to save the last used cell.

作为一种实施例,协议约定LP-WUS的监听仅限于终端在最后使用的小区的使用。As an embodiment, the protocol stipulates that the monitoring of LP-WUS is limited to the use of the cell last used by the terminal.

如图6A所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,装置包括:As shown in FIG6A , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第一接收模块110,被配置为接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;The first receiving module 110 is configured to receive a first message sent by a first access network device;

确定模块120,被配置为根据第一消息确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,第 一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机号的功耗。The determination module 120 is configured to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver according to the first message; The power consumption of a terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,该信息处理装置可包括第一终端。In some embodiments, the information processing device may include a first terminal.

在一些实施例中,该第一接收模块110可为程序模块,该程序模块被处理器执行之后,能够实现上述操作。In some embodiments, the first receiving module 110 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.

在另一些实施例中,该第一接收模块110可为软硬结合模块;该软硬结合模块包括但不限于可编程阵列。In some other embodiments, the first receiving module 110 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.

在还有一些实施例中,该第一接收模块110可为纯硬件模块;该纯硬件模块包括但不限于专用集成电路。In some other embodiments, the first receiving module 110 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.

在一些实施例中,确定模块120,被配置为:根据第一消息,确定第一终端进入处于非连接态后使用第一收发机或第二收发机。In some embodiments, the determination module 120 is configured to: determine, according to the first message, whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the unconnected state.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:In some embodiments, the first message includes:

标志位,其中,标志位,指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机。A flag bit, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,确定模块120,被配置为:In some embodiments, the determination module 120 is configured to:

当第一消息包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;When the first message includes the flag bit, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

或者,or,

当第一消息不包括标志位时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。When the first message does not include the flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:In some embodiments, the first message includes:

分组信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机的终端组。The grouping information indicates a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,确定模块120,被配置为:In some embodiments, the determination module 120 is configured to:

当第一消息携带的分组信息指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第一收发机;When the group information carried by the first message points to the terminal group where the first terminal is located, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

或者,or,

当第一消息携带的分组信息不指向第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定第一终端使用第二收发机。When the group information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, it is determined that the first terminal uses the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:RRC释放消息。In some embodiments, the first message includes: an RRC release message.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第三发送模块,被配置为:向第一接入网设备发送第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端是否使用第一收发机。The third sending module is configured to: send a second message to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一接收模块110,被配置为In some embodiments, the first receiving module 110 is configured to

接收第一接入网设备基于辅助信息发送的第一消息;Receiving a first message sent by a first access network device based on the auxiliary information;

其中,辅助信息用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机。The auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:监听模块,被配置为: In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes: a monitoring module configured to:

使用第一收发机监听到省电信号;Using the first transceiver to monitor the power saving signal;

当省电信号具有第一取值时,使用第二收发机监听寻呼提前指示或者寻呼消息或者发起传输;When the power saving signal has a first value, using a second transceiver to monitor a paging advance indication or a paging message or to initiate a transmission;

当省电信号具有第二取值时,继续使用第一收发机监听省电信号。When the power saving signal has the second value, the first transceiver continues to be used to monitor the power saving signal.

如图6B所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,装置包括:As shown in FIG6B , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第一发送模块210,被配置为向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,第一消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。The first sending module 210 is configured to send a first message to the first terminal, wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,该信息处理装置可包括第一接入网设备。In some embodiments, the information processing apparatus may include a first access network device.

在一些实施例中,该第一发送模块210可为程序模块,该程序模块被处理器执行之后,能够实现上述操作。In some embodiments, the first sending module 210 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.

在另一些实施例中,该第一发送模块210可为软硬结合模块;该软硬结合模块包括但不限于可编程阵列。In some other embodiments, the first sending module 210 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.

在还有一些实施例中,该第一发送模块210可为纯硬件模块;该纯硬件模块包括但不限于专用集成电路。In some other embodiments, the first sending module 210 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first message includes at least one of the following:

标志位,其中,标志位,指示第一终端是否使用第一收发机;A flag bit, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver;

分组信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机的终端组。The grouping information indicates a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第一消息包括:RRC释放消息。In some embodiments, the first message includes: an RRC release message.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第三接收模块,被配置为:接收第一终端的第二消息;其中,第二消息用于第一接入网设备确定第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The third receiving module is configured to: receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第四接收模块,被配置为:接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息;其中,辅助信息,用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机。The fourth receiving module is configured to: receive auxiliary information sent by the core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第四发送模块,被配置为:向核心网设备发送第三消息;其中,第三消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The fourth sending module is configured to: send a third message to the core network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,第三消息,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一终端的释放上下文完成消息;A release context completion message of the first terminal;

RRC非激活态转换报告。RRC inactive state transition report.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括以下至少之一: In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一小区信息,指示第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state;

第二指示信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第五接收模块,被配置为:接收核心网设备发送的寻呼信令;其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼的第二终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;第三指示信息,指示第二终端是否使用第一收发机。The fifth receiving module is configured to: receive paging signaling sent by the core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used by the paged second terminal before entering the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver.

如图6C所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,装置包括:As shown in FIG6C , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第二接收模块310,被配置为接收寻呼信令,其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端的最后一个或多个使用小区;第三指示信息,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。The second receiving module 310 is configured to receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

在一些实施例中,该信息处理装置可包括第二接入网设备。In some embodiments, the information processing apparatus may include a second access network device.

在一些实施例中,该第二接收模块310可为程序模块,该程序模块被处理器执行之后,能够实现上述操作。In some embodiments, the second receiving module 310 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.

在另一些实施例中,该第二接收模块310可为软硬结合模块;该软硬结合模块包括但不限于可编程阵列。In some other embodiments, the second receiving module 310 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.

在还有一些实施例中,该第二接收模块310可为纯硬件模块;该纯硬件模块包括但不限于专用集成电路。In some other embodiments, the second receiving module 310 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.

如图6D所示,本公开实施例提供一种信息处理装置,其中,装置包括:As shown in FIG6D , an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information processing device, wherein the device includes:

第二发送模块410,被配置为向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,辅助信息用于第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用第一收发机;The second sending module 410 is configured to send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver;

第一终端使用第一收发机的功耗低于第一终端使用第二收发机的功耗。The power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,该信息处理装置可包括核心网设备。In some embodiments, the information processing apparatus may include a core network device.

在一些实施例中,该第二发送模块410可为程序模块,该程序模块被处理器执行之后,能够实现上述操作。In some embodiments, the second sending module 410 may be a program module, and after the program module is executed by a processor, the above operations can be implemented.

在另一些实施例中,该第二发送模块410可为软硬结合模块;该软硬结合模块包括但不限于可编程阵列。In some other embodiments, the second sending module 410 may be a software-hard combination module; the software-hard combination module includes but is not limited to a programmable array.

在还有一些实施例中,该第二发送模块410可为纯硬件模块;该纯硬件模块包括但不限于专用集成电路。In some other embodiments, the second sending module 410 may be a pure hardware module; the pure hardware module includes but is not limited to a dedicated integrated circuit.

在一些实施例中,辅助信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following:

寻呼概率;Paging probability;

业务属性;Business attributes;

分组信息。Group information.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

第六接收模块,被配置为:接收第一接入网设备发送的第三消息;其中,第三消息指示第一终 端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The sixth receiving module is configured to: receive a third message sent by the first access network device; wherein the third message indicates that the first terminal The first transceiver or the second transceiver is used at the end.

在一些实施例中,第三消息,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一终端的释放上下文完成消息;A release context completion message of the first terminal;

RRC非激活态转换报告。RRC inactive state transition report.

在一些实施例中,第三消息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the third message includes at least one of the following:

第一小区信息,指示第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state;

第二指示信息,指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver.

在一些实施例中,信息处理装置,还包括:In some embodiments, the information processing device further includes:

寻呼模块,被配置为:发送寻呼信令;其中,寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;第三指示信息,指示被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。The paging module is configured to: send paging signaling; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged terminal enters the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver.

本公开实施例提供一种通信设备,包括:The present disclosure provides a communication device, including:

用于存储处理器可执行指令的存储器;a memory for storing processor-executable instructions;

处理器,分别存储器连接;Processor, respectively memory connection;

其中,处理器被配置为执行前述任意技术方案提供的策略处理方法。Among them, the processor is configured to execute the policy processing method provided by any of the aforementioned technical solutions.

处理器可包括各种类型的存储介质,该存储介质为非临时性计算机存储介质,在通信设备掉电之后能够继续记忆存储其上的信息。The processor may include various types of storage media, which are non-transitory computer storage media that can continue to retain information stored thereon after the communication device loses power.

这里,所述通信设备包括:终端或者网元,该网元可为前述第一网元至第四网元中的任意一个。Here, the communication device includes: a terminal or a network element, and the network element can be any one of the first network element to the fourth network element mentioned above.

所述处理器可以通过总线等与存储器连接,用于读取存储器上存储的可执行程序,例如,如图2A至图5D所示的方法的至少其中之一。The processor may be connected to the memory via a bus or the like, and may be used to read an executable program stored in the memory, for example, at least one of the methods shown in FIG. 2A to FIG. 5D .

图7是根据一示例性实施例示出的一种终端800的框图。例如,终端800可以是移动电话,计算机,数字广播用户设备,消息收发设备,游戏控制台,平板设备,医疗设备,健身设备,个人数字助理等。Fig. 7 is a block diagram of a terminal 800 according to an exemplary embodiment. For example, the terminal 800 may be a mobile phone, a computer, a digital broadcast user device, a messaging device, a game console, a tablet device, a medical device, a fitness device, a personal digital assistant, etc.

参照图7,终端800可以包括以下一个或多个组件:处理组件802,存储器804,电源组件806,多媒体组件808,音频组件810,输入/输出(I/O)的接口812,传感器组件814,以及通信组件816。7 , terminal 800 may include one or more of the following components: a processing component 802 , a memory 804 , a power component 806 , a multimedia component 808 , an audio component 810 , an input/output (I/O) interface 812 , a sensor component 814 , and a communication component 816 .

处理组件802通常控制终端800的整体操作,诸如与显示,电话呼叫,数据通信,相机操作和记录操作相关联的操作。处理组件802可以包括一个或多个处理器820来执行指令,以生成上述的方法的全部或部分步骤。此外,处理组件802可以包括一个或多个模块,便于处理组件802和其他组件之间的交互。例如,处理组件802可以包括多媒体模块,以方便多媒体组件808和处理组件802之间的交互。The processing component 802 generally controls the overall operation of the terminal 800, such as operations associated with display, phone calls, data communications, camera operations, and recording operations. The processing component 802 may include one or more processors 820 to execute instructions to generate all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned method. In addition, the processing component 802 may include one or more modules to facilitate the interaction between the processing component 802 and other components. For example, the processing component 802 may include a multimedia module to facilitate the interaction between the multimedia component 808 and the processing component 802.

存储器804被配置为存储各种类型的数据以支持在终端800的操作。这些数据的示例包括用于在终端800上操作的任何应用程序或方法的指令,联系人数据,电话簿数据,消息,图片,视频等。存储器804可以由任何类型的易失性或非易失性存储设备或者它们的组合实现,如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM),电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM),可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM), 可编程只读存储器(PROM),只读存储器(ROM),磁存储器,快闪存储器,磁盘或光盘。The memory 804 is configured to store various types of data to support operations on the terminal 800. Examples of such data include instructions for any application or method operating on the terminal 800, contact data, phone book data, messages, pictures, videos, etc. The memory 804 can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or a combination thereof, such as static random access memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), Programmable read-only memory (PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic storage, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk.

电源组件806为终端800的各种组件提供电力。电源组件806可以包括电源管理系统,一个或多个电源,及其他与为终端800生成、管理和分配电力相关联的组件。Power component 806 provides power to various components of terminal 800. Power component 806 may include a power management system, one or more power supplies, and other components associated with generating, managing, and distributing power to terminal 800.

多媒体组件808包括在所述终端800和用户之间的提供一个输出接口的屏幕。在一些实施例中,屏幕可以包括液晶显示器(LCD)和触摸面板(TP)。如果屏幕包括触摸面板,屏幕可以被实现为触摸屏,以接收来自用户的输入信号。触摸面板包括一个或多个触摸传感器以感测触摸、滑动和触摸面板上的手势。所述触摸传感器可以不仅感测触摸或滑动动作的边界,而且还检测与所述触摸或滑动操作相关的持续时间和压力。在一些实施例中,多媒体组件808包括一个前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头。当终端800处于操作模式,如拍摄模式或视频模式时,前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头可以接收外部的多媒体数据。每个前置摄像头和后置摄像头可以是一个固定的光学透镜系统或具有焦距和光学变焦能力。The multimedia component 808 includes a screen that provides an output interface between the terminal 800 and the user. In some embodiments, the screen may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) and a touch panel (TP). If the screen includes a touch panel, the screen may be implemented as a touch screen to receive input signals from the user. The touch panel includes one or more touch sensors to sense touch, slide, and gestures on the touch panel. The touch sensor may not only sense the boundaries of the touch or slide action, but also detect the duration and pressure associated with the touch or slide operation. In some embodiments, the multimedia component 808 includes a front camera and/or a rear camera. When the terminal 800 is in an operating mode, such as a shooting mode or a video mode, the front camera and/or the rear camera may receive external multimedia data. Each front camera and the rear camera may be a fixed optical lens system or have a focal length and optical zoom capability.

音频组件810被配置为输出和/或输入音频信号。例如,音频组件810包括一个麦克风(MIC),当终端800处于操作模式,如呼叫模式、记录模式和语音识别模式时,麦克风被配置为接收外部音频信号。所接收的音频信号可以被进一步存储在存储器804或经由通信组件816发送。在一些实施例中,音频组件810还包括一个扬声器,用于输出音频信号。The audio component 810 is configured to output and/or input audio signals. For example, the audio component 810 includes a microphone (MIC), and when the terminal 800 is in an operation mode, such as a call mode, a recording mode, and a speech recognition mode, the microphone is configured to receive an external audio signal. The received audio signal can be further stored in the memory 804 or sent via the communication component 816. In some embodiments, the audio component 810 also includes a speaker for outputting audio signals.

I/O接口812为处理组件802和外围接口模块之间提供接口,上述外围接口模块可以是键盘,点击轮,按钮等。这些按钮可包括但不限于:主页按钮、音量按钮、启动按钮和锁定按钮。I/O interface 812 provides an interface between processing component 802 and peripheral interface modules, such as keyboards, click wheels, buttons, etc. These buttons may include but are not limited to: home button, volume button, start button, and lock button.

传感器组件814包括一个或多个传感器,用于为终端800提供各个方面的状态评估。例如,传感器组件814可以检测到设备800的打开/关闭状态,组件的相对定位,例如所述组件为终端800的显示器和小键盘,传感器组件814还可以检测终端800或终端800一个组件的位置改变,用户与终端800接触的存在或不存在,终端800方位或加速/减速和终端800的温度变化。传感器组件814可以包括接近传感器,被配置用来在没有任何的物理接触时检测附近物体的存在。传感器组件814还可以包括光传感器,如CMOS或CCD图像传感器,用于在成像应用中使用。在一些实施例中,该传感器组件814还可以包括加速度传感器,陀螺仪传感器,磁传感器,压力传感器或温度传感器。The sensor assembly 814 includes one or more sensors for providing various aspects of status assessment for the terminal 800. For example, the sensor assembly 814 can detect the open/closed state of the device 800, the relative positioning of the components, such as the display and keypad of the terminal 800, and the sensor assembly 814 can also detect the position change of the terminal 800 or a component of the terminal 800, the presence or absence of contact between the user and the terminal 800, the orientation or acceleration/deceleration of the terminal 800 and the temperature change of the terminal 800. The sensor assembly 814 may include a proximity sensor configured to detect the presence of nearby objects without any physical contact. The sensor assembly 814 may also include an optical sensor, such as a CMOS or CCD image sensor, for use in imaging applications. In some embodiments, the sensor assembly 814 may also include an acceleration sensor, a gyroscope sensor, a magnetic sensor, a pressure sensor or a temperature sensor.

通信组件816被配置为便于终端800和其他设备之间有线或无线方式的通信。终端800可以接入基于通信标准的无线网络,如WiFi,2G或3G,或它们的组合。在一个示例性实施例中,通信组件816经由广播信道接收来自外部广播管理系统的广播信号或广播相关信息。在一个示例性实施例中,所述通信组件816还包括近场通信(NFC)模块,以促进短程通信。例如,在NFC模块可基于射频识别(RFID)技术,红外数据协会(IrDA)技术,超宽带(UWB)技术,蓝牙(BT)技术和其他技术来实现。The communication component 816 is configured to facilitate wired or wireless communication between the terminal 800 and other devices. The terminal 800 can access a wireless network based on a communication standard, such as WiFi, 2G or 3G, or a combination thereof. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 816 receives a broadcast signal or broadcast-related information from an external broadcast management system via a broadcast channel. In an exemplary embodiment, the communication component 816 also includes a near field communication (NFC) module to facilitate short-range communication. For example, the NFC module can be implemented based on radio frequency identification (RFID) technology, infrared data association (IrDA) technology, ultra-wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth (BT) technology and other technologies.

在示例性实施例中,终端800可以被一个或多个应用专用集成电路(ASIC)、数字信号处理器(DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSPD)、可编程逻辑器件(PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、控制器、微控制器、微处理器或其他电子元件实现,用于执行上述方法。In an exemplary embodiment, terminal 800 can be implemented by one or more application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors or other electronic components to perform the above methods.

在示例性实施例中,还提供了一种包括指令的非临时性计算机可读存储介质,例如包括指令的 存储器804,上述指令可由终端800的处理器820执行以生成上述方法。例如,所述非临时性计算机可读存储介质可以是ROM、随机存取存储器(RAM)、CD-ROM、磁带、软盘和光数据存储设备等。In an exemplary embodiment, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium including instructions is also provided, such as a computer-readable medium including instructions. The memory 804, the instructions can be executed by the processor 820 of the terminal 800 to generate the method. For example, the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can be a ROM, a random access memory (RAM), a CD-ROM, a magnetic tape, a floppy disk, an optical data storage device, etc.

如图8所示,本公开一实施例示出一种接入网设备的结构。例如,通信设备900可以被提供为一网络侧设备。该通信设备可为前述的接入网元和/或网络功能等各种网元。As shown in Figure 8, an embodiment of the present disclosure shows a structure of an access network device. For example, the communication device 900 can be provided as a network side device. The communication device can be various network elements such as the aforementioned access network element and/or network function.

参照图8,通信设备900包括处理组件922,其进一步包括一个或多个处理器,以及由存储器932所代表的存储器资源,用于存储可由处理组件922的执行的指令,例如应用程序。存储器932中存储的应用程序可以包括一个或一个以上的每一个对应于一组指令的模块。此外,处理组件922被配置为执行指令,以执行上述方法前述应用在所述接入网设备的任意方法,例如,如图4A至图9任意一个所示方法。8, the communication device 900 includes a processing component 922, which further includes one or more processors, and a memory resource represented by a memory 932, for storing instructions that can be executed by the processing component 922, such as an application. The application stored in the memory 932 may include one or more modules, each corresponding to a set of instructions. In addition, the processing component 922 is configured to execute instructions to perform any method of the aforementioned method applied to the access network device, for example, as shown in any one of Figures 4A to 9.

通信设备900还可以包括一个电源组件926被配置为执行通信设备900的电源管理,一个有线或无线网络接口950被配置为将通信设备900连接到网络,和一个输入输出(I/O)接口958。通信设备900可以操作基于存储在存储器932的操作系统,例如Windows Server TM,Mac OS XTM,UnixTM,LinuxTM,FreeBSDTM或类似。The communication device 900 may also include a power supply component 926 configured to perform power management of the communication device 900, a wired or wireless network interface 950 configured to connect the communication device 900 to a network, and an input/output (I/O) interface 958. The communication device 900 may operate based on an operating system stored in the memory 932, such as Windows Server TM, Mac OS XTM, UnixTM, LinuxTM, FreeBSDTM, or the like.

在不矛盾的情况下,某一实施方式或实施例中的每个步骤均可以作为独立实施例来实施,且各步骤之间可以任意组合,例如,在某一实施方式或实施例中去除部分步骤后的方案也可以作为独立实施例来实施,且在某一实施方式或实施例中各步骤的顺序可以任意交换,另外,某一实施方式或实施例中的可选方式或可选例可以任意组合;此外,各实施方式或实施例之间可以任意组合,例如,不同实施方式或实施例的部分或全部步骤可以任意组合,某一实施方式或实施例可以与其他实施方式或实施例的可选方式或可选例任意组合。In the absence of contradiction, each step in a certain implementation mode or example can be implemented as an independent example, and the steps can be arbitrarily combined. For example, a solution after removing some steps in a certain implementation mode or example can also be implemented as an independent example, and the order of the steps in a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily exchanged. In addition, the optional methods or optional examples in a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily combined; in addition, the various implementation modes or examples can be arbitrarily combined. For example, some or all steps of different implementation modes or examples can be arbitrarily combined, and a certain implementation mode or example can be arbitrarily combined with the optional methods or optional examples of other implementation modes or examples.

本领域技术人员在考虑说明书及实践这里公开的发明后,将容易想到本发明的其它实施方案。本公开旨在涵盖本发明的任何变型、用途或者适应性变化,这些变型、用途或者适应性变化遵循本发明的一般性原理并包括本公开未公开的本技术领域中的公知常识或惯用技术手段。说明书和实施例仅被视为示例性的,本发明的真正范围和精神由下面的权利要求指出。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate other embodiments of the present invention after considering the specification and practicing the invention disclosed herein. The present disclosure is intended to cover any variations, uses or adaptations of the present invention that follow the general principles of the present invention and include common knowledge or customary techniques in the art that are not disclosed in the present disclosure. The description and examples are to be considered exemplary only, and the true scope and spirit of the present invention are indicated by the following claims.

应当理解的是,本发明并不局限于上面已经描述并在附图中示出的精确结构,并且可以在不脱离其范围进行各种修改和改变。本发明的范围仅由所附的权利要求来限制。 It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the exact construction that has been described above and shown in the drawings and that various modifications and changes may be made without departing from the scope thereof. The scope of the present invention is limited only by the appended claims.

Claims (35)

一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一终端执行,所述方法包括:An information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a first terminal, and the method includes: 接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;Receiving a first message sent by a first access network device; 根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。According to the first message, it is determined that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver; wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, according to the first message, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver comprises: 根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端进入非连接态后使用第一收发机或第二收发机。According to the first message, it is determined that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver after entering the non-connected state. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first message comprises: 标志位,其中,所述标志位,指示所述第一终端是否使用第一收发机。A flag bit, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the determining, according to the first message, that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver comprises: 当所述第一消息包括标志位时,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机;When the first message includes a flag bit, determining that the first terminal uses a first transceiver; 或者,or, 当所述第一消息不包括标志位时,确定所述第一终端使用第二收发机。When the first message does not include a flag bit, it is determined that the first terminal uses a second transceiver. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first message comprises: 第一指示信息,指示使用所述第一收发机的终端或终端组。The first indication information indicates a terminal or a terminal group using the first transceiver. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 5, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following: 分组信息,指示使用所述第一收发机的终端组;Grouping information indicating a terminal group using the first transceiver; 终端信息,指示使用所述第一收发机的一个或多个终端。The terminal information indicates one or more terminals using the first transceiver. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中,根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein, according to the first message, determining that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver comprises: 当所述第一消息携带的分组信息指向所述第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机;When the group information carried by the first message points to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, determining that the first terminal uses a first transceiver; 或者,or, 当所述第一消息携带的分组信息不指向所述第一终端所在的终端分组时,确定所述第一终端使用第二收发机。When the group information carried by the first message does not point to the terminal group to which the first terminal belongs, it is determined that the first terminal uses a second transceiver. 根据权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括:RRC释放消息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the first message comprises: an RRC release message. 根据权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法,其中,所述接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息之后,所述方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein after receiving the first message sent by the first access network device, the method further comprises: 向第一接入网设备发送第二消息;其中,所述第二消息用于所述第一接入网设备确定所述第一终端是否使用所述第一收发机。A second message is sent to the first access network device; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver. 根据权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法,其中,所述接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息, 包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the receiving a first message sent by a first access network device, include: 接收所述第一接入网设备基于辅助信息发送的所述第一消息;Receiving the first message sent by the first access network device based on the auxiliary information; 其中,所述辅助信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定是否指示所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机。The auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述辅助信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 10, wherein the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following: 寻呼概率;Paging probability; 业务属性;Business attributes; 分组信息。Group information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: 使用所述第一收发机监听到省电信号;Using the first transceiver to monitor a power saving signal; 当所述省电信号具有第一取值时,使用第二收发机监听寻呼提前指示或者寻呼消息或者发起传输;When the power saving signal has a first value, using a second transceiver to monitor a paging advance indication or a paging message or to initiate a transmission; 当所述省电信号具有第二取值时,继续使用所述第一收发机监听省电信号。When the power saving signal has a second value, the first transceiver continues to be used to monitor the power saving signal. 一种信息处理方法,其中,由第一接入网设备执行,所述方法包括:An information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a first access network device, the method comprising: 向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,所述第一消息指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机功耗。A first message is sent to a first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 13, wherein the first message includes at least one of the following: 标志位,其中,所述标志位,指示所述第一终端是否使用所述第一收发机;A flag bit, wherein the flag bit indicates whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver; 分组信息,指示所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的终端组。The grouping information indicates a terminal group in which the first terminal uses the first transceiver. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括:RRC释放消息。The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the first message comprises: an RRC release message. 根据权利要求13至15任一项所述的方法,其中,所述发送第一消息之后,所述方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein after sending the first message, the method further comprises: 接收第一终端的第二消息;其中,所述第二消息用于所述第一接入网设备确定所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机或第二收发机。Receive a second message from the first terminal; wherein the second message is used by the first access network device to determine whether the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. 根据权利要求13至16任一项所述的方法,其中,所述向第一终端发送第一消息之前,所述方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein before sending the first message to the first terminal, the method further comprises: 接收核心网设备发送的辅助信息;其中,所述辅助信息,用于所述第一接入网设备确定是否指示所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机。Receive auxiliary information sent by a core network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述辅助信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 17, wherein the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following: 寻呼概率;Paging probability; 业务属性;Business attributes; 分组信息。Group information. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述方法,还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the method further comprises: 向核心网设备发送第三消息;其中,所述第三消息指示第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。A third message is sent to the core network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其中,所述第三消息,包括以下至少之一: The method according to claim 19, wherein the third message comprises at least one of the following: 第一终端的释放上下文完成消息;A release context completion message of the first terminal; RRC非激活态转换报告。RRC inactive state transition report. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其中,所述第三消息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the third message includes at least one of the following: 第一小区信息,指示所述第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state; 第二指示信息,指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述方法,还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the method further comprises: 接收核心网设备发送的寻呼信令;其中,所述寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,所述第二小区信息指示被寻呼的第二终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;所述第三指示信息,指示所述第二终端是否使用所述第一收发机。Receive paging signaling sent by a core network device; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged second terminal enters a non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the second terminal uses the first transceiver. 一种信息处理方法,其中,由第二接入网设备执行,所述方法包括:An information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a second access network device, the method comprising: 接收寻呼信令,其中,所述寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,所述第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的小区;所述第三指示信息,指示所述被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。Receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more cells used by the paged terminal before entering a non-connected state; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver. 一种信息处理方法,其中,由核心网设备执行,所述方法,包括:An information processing method, wherein the method is performed by a core network device, the method comprising: 向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,所述辅助信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用所述第一收发机;Sending auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver; 所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。Power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述辅助信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 24, wherein the auxiliary information includes at least one of the following: 寻呼概率;Paging probability; 业务属性;Business attributes; 分组信息。Group information. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其中,所述方法,还包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the method further comprises: 接收第一接入网设备发送的第三消息;其中,所述第三消息指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。Receive a third message sent by the first access network device; wherein the third message instructs the first terminal to use the first transceiver or the second transceiver. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第三消息,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 26, wherein the third message comprises at least one of the following: 所述第一终端的释放上下文完成消息;A context release completion message of the first terminal; RRC非激活态转换报告。RRC inactive state transition report. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其中,所述第三消息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the third message includes at least one of the following: 第一小区信息,指示所述第一终端进入到非连接态之前最后使用过的一个或多个第一小区;First cell information, indicating one or more first cells last used by the first terminal before entering the unconnected state; 第二指示信息,指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机。The second indication information indicates that the first terminal uses the first transceiver or the second transceiver. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述方法,还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the method further comprises: 发送寻呼信令;其中,所述寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,所述第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端进入到非连接态之前的最后一个或多个使用的第二小区;所述第三指示信息,指示所述被寻呼终端是否使用所述第一收发机。 Sending paging signaling; wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more second cells used before the paged terminal enters the non-connected state; the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver. 一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:An information processing device, wherein the device comprises: 第一接收模块,被配置为接收第一接入网设备发送的第一消息;A first receiving module is configured to receive a first message sent by a first access network device; 确定模块,被配置为根据所述第一消息,确定所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机;其中,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机号的功耗。A determination module is configured to determine, based on the first message, whether the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver; wherein the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:An information processing device, wherein the device comprises: 第一发送模块,被配置为向第一终端发送第一消息;其中,所述第一消息指示所述第一终端使用第一收发机或第二收发机,所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。The first sending module is configured to send a first message to a first terminal; wherein the first message indicates that the first terminal uses a first transceiver or a second transceiver, and the power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than the power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:An information processing device, wherein the device comprises: 第二接收模块,被配置为接收寻呼信令,其中,所述寻呼信令包括:第二小区信息和/或第三指示信息;其中,所述第二小区信息指示被寻呼终端的最后一个或多个使用小区;所述第三指示信息,指示所述被寻呼终端是否使用第一收发机。The second receiving module is configured to receive paging signaling, wherein the paging signaling includes: second cell information and/or third indication information; wherein the second cell information indicates the last one or more used cells of the paged terminal; and the third indication information indicates whether the paged terminal uses the first transceiver. 一种信息处理装置,其中,所述装置包括:An information processing device, wherein the device comprises: 第二发送模块,被配置为向第一接入网设备发送辅助信息;其中,所述辅助信息用于所述第一接入网设备确定是否指示第一终端使用所述第一收发机;A second sending module is configured to send auxiliary information to the first access network device; wherein the auxiliary information is used by the first access network device to determine whether to instruct the first terminal to use the first transceiver; 所述第一终端使用所述第一收发机的功耗低于所述第一终端使用所述第二收发机的功耗。Power consumption of the first terminal using the first transceiver is lower than power consumption of the first terminal using the second transceiver. 一种通信设备,包括处理器、收发器、存储器及存储在存储器上并能够由所述处理器运行的可执行程序,其中,所述处理器运行所述可执行程序时执行如权利要求1至12、13至22、23或24至29任一项提供的信息处理方法。A communication device, comprising a processor, a transceiver, a memory, and an executable program stored in the memory and capable of being run by the processor, wherein the processor executes the information processing method provided in any one of claims 1 to 12, 13 to 22, 23, or 24 to 29 when running the executable program. 一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有可执行程序;所述可执行程序被处理器执行后,能够实现如权利要求1至12、13至22、23或24至29任一项提供的信息处理方法。 A computer storage medium storing an executable program; after the executable program is executed by a processor, it can implement the information processing method provided in any one of claims 1 to 12, 13 to 22, 23 or 24 to 29.
PCT/CN2023/093087 2023-05-09 2023-05-09 Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium Pending WO2024229711A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/093087 WO2024229711A1 (en) 2023-05-09 2023-05-09 Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN202380009317.9A CN116868628A (en) 2023-05-09 2023-05-09 Information processing methods and devices, communication equipment and storage media

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/093087 WO2024229711A1 (en) 2023-05-09 2023-05-09 Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024229711A1 true WO2024229711A1 (en) 2024-11-14

Family

ID=88230867

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/093087 Pending WO2024229711A1 (en) 2023-05-09 2023-05-09 Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116868628A (en)
WO (1) WO2024229711A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024243825A1 (en) * 2023-05-30 2024-12-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and communication device
CN120583514A (en) * 2024-03-01 2025-09-02 华为技术有限公司 Information interception method, communication device and storage medium

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160128128A1 (en) * 2014-11-04 2016-05-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Low power discontinuous reception with a second receiver
US20160302150A1 (en) * 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods of UE Power Saving with Multiple Receivers
US20170359813A1 (en) * 2016-06-14 2017-12-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for operation of multi-sim device
CN110557809A (en) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-10 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 method for determining receiver configuration information, terminal and network equipment
WO2021219043A1 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Service indication method, terminal and network device
WO2022027381A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
CN115580927A (en) * 2021-07-06 2023-01-06 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A paging method, device, device and storage medium
CN115955732A (en) * 2022-05-06 2023-04-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication method, resource allocation method, device, network node, system and medium

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160128128A1 (en) * 2014-11-04 2016-05-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Low power discontinuous reception with a second receiver
US20160302150A1 (en) * 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods of UE Power Saving with Multiple Receivers
US20170359813A1 (en) * 2016-06-14 2017-12-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for operation of multi-sim device
CN110557809A (en) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-10 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 method for determining receiver configuration information, terminal and network equipment
WO2021219043A1 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Service indication method, terminal and network device
WO2022027381A1 (en) * 2020-08-05 2022-02-10 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related device
CN115580927A (en) * 2021-07-06 2023-01-06 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A paging method, device, device and storage medium
CN115955732A (en) * 2022-05-06 2023-04-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Communication method, resource allocation method, device, network node, system and medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116868628A (en) 2023-10-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12484110B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
CN111034247A (en) Information processing method and device, communication device and storage medium
WO2021243600A1 (en) Data transmission processing method and apparatus, and user equipment, and storage medium
CN114391285B (en) Information processing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN114365550B (en) Information processing method, apparatus, communication device and storage medium
CN117998682B (en) Information transmission method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2024229844A1 (en) Wake-up method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2024221473A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
WO2021217488A1 (en) Paging processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
US20230239796A1 (en) Wake up signal processing method and apparatus
WO2024250254A1 (en) Signal determination method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
US12501366B2 (en) State control method and communication device
WO2024229711A1 (en) Information processing methods and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023173382A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
CN112219446B (en) DRX packet wake-up method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2024221239A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
WO2021217452A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device and storage medium
WO2023225873A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
US20250338217A1 (en) Wireless communication method, communication device and storage medium
US20250106772A1 (en) Monitoring method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN114450985A (en) Information transmission method, device, communication equipment and storage medium
US20250048487A1 (en) Information processing methods and apparatus, and communication device and storage medium
US20250365665A1 (en) Monitoring method, apparatus, communication device and storage medium
RU2843968C2 (en) Information transmission method and device, communication device and information storage medium
CN115553000B (en) Monitoring method, device, communication equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23936038

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1